1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
127 \begin_layout Standard
129 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
132 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
144 \begin_layout Standard
145 \begin_inset Note Note
148 \begin_layout Standard
149 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
156 \begin_layout Standard
157 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
173 \begin_layout Chapter
177 \begin_layout Section
181 \begin_layout Standard
182 LyX is a document preparation system.
183 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
184 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
185 It is unlike most other
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
193 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
195 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
207 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
212 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
216 \begin_layout Standard
217 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
230 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
234 \begin_layout Standard
236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
248 the format of all of the manuals.
249 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
250 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 \begin_layout Section
271 \begin_layout Standard
272 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
274 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
275 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
277 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
296 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
299 \begin_layout Standard
300 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
301 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
302 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
304 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
305 only a vertical scrollbar.
306 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
307 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
308 This, however, is due
309 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
310 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
311 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
312 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
314 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
315 this doesn't work for equations yet.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
320 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
322 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
323 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
328 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
329 ing sections of this documentation.
332 \begin_layout Section
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
350 \begin_layout Section
352 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
353 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
360 \begin_layout Standard
361 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
362 without resorting to configuration files.
363 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
364 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
365 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
376 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
377 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
378 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
379 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
381 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
386 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
390 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
393 \begin_layout Section
395 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
396 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
403 \begin_layout Standard
404 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
405 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
413 \begin_layout Standard
425 that will be created when using the menu
427 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
432 \begin_layout Standard
443 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
444 \begin_inset Note Note
447 \begin_layout Standard
448 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
456 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
457 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
459 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
467 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
478 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
485 \begin_layout Chapter
489 \begin_layout Section
490 Basic File Operations
491 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
492 name "File Operations"
499 \begin_layout Standard
504 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
508 \begin_layout Itemize
514 \begin_layout Itemize
526 \begin_layout Itemize
532 \begin_layout Itemize
538 \begin_layout Itemize
544 \begin_layout Itemize
551 \begin_layout Itemize
559 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_layout Standard
591 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
592 a few minor differences.
595 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
604 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
605 you for a template to use.
606 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
607 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
608 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
609 (see section\InsetSpace ~
611 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
612 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
619 \begin_layout Standard
621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
644 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
645 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
648 \begin_layout Standard
660 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
664 \begin_layout Standard
665 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
684 will reload the document from disk.
685 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
686 and want to restore it to the last save.
692 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
693 can identify this as your changes.
696 \begin_layout Section
697 Basic Editing Features
698 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
704 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
705 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
712 \begin_layout Standard
713 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
714 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
715 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
716 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
718 We'll start with cut and paste.
721 \begin_layout Standard
722 As you might expect, the
726 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
727 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
731 \begin_layout Itemize
737 \begin_layout Itemize
743 \begin_layout Itemize
749 \begin_layout Itemize
756 \begin_layout Itemize
763 \begin_layout Itemize
771 \begin_layout Standard
772 The first three are self-explanatory.
773 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
774 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
783 keys also functions as the
788 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
789 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
794 to get back the lost text.
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
803 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
809 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
812 \begin_layout Standard
815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
817 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
819 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
822 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
828 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
834 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
835 will start a new paragraph.
838 \begin_layout Standard
839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
864 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
869 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
880 button to skip the current word.
886 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
892 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
894 If the toggle is set, searching for
895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
906 will not match the word
907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
921 Match whole words only
923 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
951 \begin_layout Section
953 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
965 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
966 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
973 \begin_layout Standard
974 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
975 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
981 to undo some mistake.
982 If you accidentally undo too much, use
984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
995 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1002 it was last saved, the
1003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1010 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1011 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1014 \begin_layout Standard
1023 work on almost everything in LyX.
1024 They have some quirks, too.
1033 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1034 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1042 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1043 surely appreciate how it works.
1046 \begin_layout Section
1048 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1049 name "Mouse Operations"
1056 \begin_layout Standard
1057 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1060 \begin_layout Enumerate
1065 \begin_layout Itemize
1070 once anywhere in the edit window.
1071 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1075 \begin_layout Enumerate
1080 \begin_layout Itemize
1086 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1089 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1095 \begin_layout Itemize
1096 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1098 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1105 \begin_layout Enumerate
1106 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1110 \begin_layout Standard
1115 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1116 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1117 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1121 \begin_layout Enumerate
1126 \begin_layout Standard
1131 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1136 \begin_layout Section
1138 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1139 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1144 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1152 \begin_layout Standard
1153 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1154 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1156 LyX's default is CUA.
1159 \begin_layout Standard
1186 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1190 \begin_layout Labeling
1191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1195 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1197 description "Tabulator key"
1203 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1204 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1213 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1217 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1219 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1220 reference "sub:Lists"
1226 If you're still confused, look in the
1233 \begin_layout Labeling
1234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1238 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1240 description "Escape key"
1247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1254 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1255 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1258 \begin_layout Labeling
1259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1270 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1271 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1275 \begin_layout Standard
1276 There are three modifier keys:
1279 \begin_layout Labeling
1280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1298 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1300 description "Control key"
1304 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1305 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1309 \begin_layout Itemize
1318 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1321 \begin_layout Itemize
1330 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1333 \begin_layout Itemize
1342 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1346 \begin_layout Labeling
1347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1365 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1367 description "Shift key"
1371 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1372 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1375 \begin_layout Labeling
1376 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1394 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1396 description "Meta or Alt key"
1400 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1401 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1402 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1408 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1410 menu accelerator keys
1413 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1414 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 For example, the sequence
1420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1471 \begin_layout Standard
1472 There are also other things bound to the
1476 key, but you'll have to check in the
1488 \begin_layout Standard
1489 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1490 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1491 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1492 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1493 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1494 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1495 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1511 followed by a capital
1517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1535 \begin_layout Chapter
1537 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1545 \begin_layout Section
1547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1548 name "Document ! Types"
1555 \begin_layout Subsection
1559 \begin_layout Standard
1560 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1561 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1562 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1563 numbering schemes, and so on.
1564 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1565 and format the title of your document differently.
1568 \begin_layout Standard
1573 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1574 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1575 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1576 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1577 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1582 how to adjust their properties.
1585 \begin_layout Subsection
1587 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1588 name "Document ! Classes"
1593 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1594 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1605 \begin_layout Standard
1606 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1610 \begin_layout Description
1611 Article for basic articles
1614 \begin_layout Description
1615 Report for basic reports
1618 \begin_layout Description
1619 Book for writing a book
1622 \begin_layout Description
1623 Letter for US-style letters
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1629 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1630 can be found in chapter
1632 Special Document Classes
1641 \begin_layout Description
1642 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1645 \begin_layout Description
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1661 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1665 \begin_layout Description
1666 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1667 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1668 There are three article layouts available.
1669 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1670 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1671 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1672 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1677 sequential numbering
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1682 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1683 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1684 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1687 \begin_layout Description
1688 Beamer Layout for presentations
1691 \begin_layout Description
1692 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1693 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1697 \begin_layout Description
1698 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1699 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1702 \begin_layout Description
1703 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1706 \begin_layout Description
1709 Die TeXnische Komödie
1711 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1714 \begin_layout Description
1715 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1718 \begin_layout Description
1719 Foils Used to make transparencies
1722 \begin_layout Description
1723 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1726 \begin_layout Description
1727 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1728 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1734 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1741 \begin_layout Description
1742 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1745 \begin_layout Description
1746 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1747 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1750 \begin_layout Description
1751 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1754 \begin_layout Description
1759 LaTeX document class
1762 \begin_layout Description
1763 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1766 \begin_layout Description
1771 \begin_layout Standard
1778 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1779 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1781 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1784 \begin_layout Description
1785 Slides Used to make transparencies
1788 \begin_layout Description
1790 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1791 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1794 \begin_layout Description
1795 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1798 \begin_layout Description
1803 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1807 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1809 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1814 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1815 of the document classes.
1818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1823 You can select a class using the
1825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1828 name "Document ! Settings"
1835 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1843 \begin_layout Standard
1844 Each class has a default set of options.
1845 Here's a quick table describing them:
1848 \begin_layout Standard
1849 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1855 \begin_layout Standard
1857 \begin_inset Tabular
1858 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1865 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1869 \begin_layout Standard
1875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1878 \begin_layout Standard
1893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1896 \begin_layout Standard
1911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1914 \begin_layout Standard
1929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1932 \begin_layout Standard
1948 <row topline="true">
1949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1952 \begin_layout Standard
1966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1969 \begin_layout Standard
1984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1987 \begin_layout Standard
2002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2005 \begin_layout Standard
2020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2023 \begin_layout Standard
2039 <row topline="true">
2040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2060 \begin_layout Standard
2075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2130 <row topline="true">
2131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Standard
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Standard
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Standard
2221 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2225 \begin_layout Standard
2239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Standard
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Standard
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 You're probably also wondering what
2327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2336 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2337 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2342 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2347 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2357 headings, there are also
2365 headings, and so on.
2366 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2368 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2369 reference "sub:Headings"
2376 \begin_layout Subsection
2378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2379 name "Document ! Layout"
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2385 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2392 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2393 name "Document ! Settings"
2400 \begin_layout Standard
2401 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2413 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2416 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2418 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2419 to use for your document.
2420 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2424 \begin_layout Standard
2425 You can augment your document class by selecting from among the layout modules
2426 that also appear on this pane.
2427 Highlighting a module will display a brief description of what it does.
2428 There is, for example, a URL module that adds a URL character style (see
2430 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2431 reference "sub:Character-Styles"
2435 ), and there are several theorem modules that can add theorem environments,
2436 like those already present in the AMS classes, to standard classes like
2442 Note, however, that not all modules are compatible with all layouts.
2443 The theorem modules, for example, should
2447 be used with the AMS classes, since these already have their own theorem
2448 declarations; and no more than one of the theorem modules should be used
2453 \begin_layout Standard
2454 For information on creating your own modules---which can be used, for example,
2455 to store a set of character styles you like to use with different documents---s
2457 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2458 reference "sec:Layouts"
2475 \begin_layout Standard
2485 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2486 You can choose between the following five options:
2489 \begin_layout Labeling
2490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2495 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2498 \begin_layout Labeling
2499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2504 No page numbers or headings.
2507 \begin_layout Labeling
2508 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2516 \begin_layout Labeling
2517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2522 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2523 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2524 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2527 \begin_layout Labeling
2528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2533 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2537 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2538 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2545 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2546 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2548 Check the documentation for the
2552 package for more details,
2553 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2561 \begin_layout Standard
2566 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2569 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2576 \begin_layout Subsection
2577 Paper Size and Orientation
2578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2579 name "Document ! Paper size"
2584 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2585 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 You'll find the following options in the menu
2598 of the dialog of the
2600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2607 name "Document ! Settings"
2614 \begin_layout Labeling
2615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2620 What size paper to print on.
2624 \begin_layout Itemize
2630 \begin_layout Itemize
2640 \begin_layout Itemize
2646 \begin_layout Itemize
2652 \begin_layout Itemize
2658 \begin_layout Itemize
2664 \begin_layout Itemize
2670 \begin_layout Labeling
2671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2676 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2687 \begin_layout Labeling
2688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2691 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2694 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2695 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2698 \begin_layout Subsection
2700 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2701 name "Document ! Margins"
2706 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 Paper margins are set in the menu
2723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2730 name "Document ! Settings"
2737 \begin_layout Standard
2738 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2739 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2740 the paper format and the font size into account.
2743 \begin_layout Subsection
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2753 That includes the paragraph environments.
2754 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2755 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2756 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2757 paragraph environments to
2761 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2762 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2763 the conversion and why it failed.
2766 \begin_layout Section
2767 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2768 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2769 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2779 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2788 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2793 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2794 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2795 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2799 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2805 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2806 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2807 language than English.
2808 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2811 \begin_layout Standard
2812 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2813 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2815 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2816 LyX takes care of that.
2817 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2819 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2820 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2821 of a page, and so on.
2825 \begin_layout Standard
2826 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2831 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2832 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2836 of these pre-coded spacings.
2837 We'll explain more later.
2840 \begin_layout Subsection
2841 Paragraph Separation
2842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2843 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2850 \begin_layout Standard
2851 To separate paragraphs, select
2866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2869 name "Document ! Settings"
2875 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2876 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2877 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2880 \begin_layout Standard
2890 \begin_layout Standard
2891 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2893 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2894 reference "cap:Units"
2899 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2903 \begin_layout Subsection
2907 \begin_layout Standard
2908 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2912 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2915 dialog and toggle the
2920 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2921 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2922 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2928 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2931 \begin_layout Subsection
2933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2934 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2941 \begin_layout Standard
2944 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2947 name "Document ! Settings"
2953 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2962 \begin_layout Standard
2963 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2967 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2973 installed to use this feature.
2981 \begin_layout Section
2982 Paragraph Environments
2983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2984 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2989 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2990 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2996 name "Paragraph environments|("
3003 \begin_layout Subsection
3007 \begin_layout Standard
3008 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3031 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3032 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3033 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3042 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 A paragraph environment is simply a
3047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3054 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3055 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3056 scheme, labels, and so on.
3057 Additionally, you can
3058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3065 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3066 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3067 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3068 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3069 days of typewriters.
3070 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3072 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3075 \begin_layout Standard
3076 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3078 LyX will change the environment of the
3082 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3083 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3084 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3088 \begin_layout Standard
3097 create a new paragraph using the
3101 paragraph environment.
3103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3110 because if you are in one of these environments:
3113 \begin_layout Itemize
3119 \begin_layout Itemize
3125 \begin_layout Itemize
3131 \begin_layout Itemize
3137 \begin_layout Itemize
3143 \begin_layout Itemize
3149 \begin_layout Itemize
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3160 , rather than resetting it to
3165 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3166 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3167 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3169 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3170 reference "sec:Nesting"
3175 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3180 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3181 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3189 \begin_layout Subsection
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 The default paragraph environment is
3199 It creates a plain paragraph.
3200 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3201 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3202 this manual) are in the
3209 \begin_layout Standard
3210 You can nest a paragraph using the
3214 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3222 \begin_layout Subsection
3224 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3225 name "Document !Title"
3232 \begin_layout Standard
3233 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3242 for thanks or contact information.
3243 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3244 page along with today's date.
3245 For other types of documents, the title
3246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3253 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3258 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3272 Here's how you use them:
3275 \begin_layout Itemize
3276 Put the title of your document in the
3283 \begin_layout Itemize
3284 Put the author name in the
3291 \begin_layout Itemize
3292 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3293 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3299 Note that using this environment is optional.
3300 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3301 If you don't want any date, add the line
3311 to the preamble of your document (menu
3313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3319 \begin_layout Standard
3320 You can use footnotes to insert
3321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3328 or contact informations.
3331 \begin_layout Subsection
3333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3334 name "Section headings"
3339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3347 \begin_layout Standard
3348 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3349 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3355 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3362 \begin_layout Standard
3363 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3367 \begin_layout Enumerate
3373 \begin_layout Enumerate
3379 \begin_layout Enumerate
3385 \begin_layout Enumerate
3391 \begin_layout Enumerate
3397 \begin_layout Enumerate
3403 \begin_layout Enumerate
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3410 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3411 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3412 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3415 \begin_layout Standard
3416 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3417 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3418 You group the book into chapters.
3419 LyX does similar grouping:
3422 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 is divided in either
3436 \begin_layout Itemize
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3460 \begin_layout Itemize
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Itemize
3496 \begin_layout Standard
3497 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3500 \begin_layout Standard
3505 Not all document types use the
3509 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3514 is the top-level heading.
3522 \begin_layout Standard
3527 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3528 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3530 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3544 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3545 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3557 \begin_layout Enumerate
3563 \begin_layout Enumerate
3569 \begin_layout Enumerate
3575 \begin_layout Enumerate
3581 \begin_layout Enumerate
3587 \begin_layout Standard
3589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3596 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3597 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3598 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3600 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3609 Changing the Numbering
3610 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3611 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3620 in the Table of Contents.
3621 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3623 Certain classes start with
3637 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3647 This is something you can change.
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3659 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3660 name "Document ! Settings"
3668 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3672 you'll see two counters.
3677 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3679 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3684 Short Titles of Headings
3685 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3686 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3702 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3709 \begin_layout Standard
3710 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3711 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3712 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3713 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3717 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3718 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3719 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3720 To specify a short title, use the menu
3722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3727 This will insert a box labeled
3728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3743 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3744 This also works for captions inside floats.
3747 \begin_layout Standard
3748 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3755 \begin_layout Standard
3756 The following information applies to all section headings:
3759 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3763 \begin_layout Itemize
3764 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3768 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3771 \begin_layout Itemize
3772 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3775 \begin_layout Subsection
3776 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3779 \begin_layout Standard
3780 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3794 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3795 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3796 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3797 the text they contain.
3798 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3806 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3809 \begin_layout Standard
3810 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3819 when you start a new paragraph.
3820 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3824 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3825 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3826 to change back to the
3830 environment yourself.
3833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3843 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3849 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3857 \begin_layout Standard
3858 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3859 time for the differences.
3868 are identical except for one difference:
3872 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3881 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3885 Here's an example of the
3898 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3900 See -- no indentation!
3904 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3905 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3906 the other paragraph.
3909 \begin_layout Standard
3910 Here's another example, this time in the
3917 \begin_layout Quotation
3923 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3924 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3925 the first line, then
3929 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3933 you were quoting other text.
3936 \begin_layout Quotation
3937 Here's a new paragraph.
3938 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3939 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3942 \begin_layout Standard
3943 As the examples show,
3947 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3948 They should put quotes in the
3953 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3957 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3967 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3974 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3980 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3993 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4000 Which I did not rehearse!
4004 It could be much worse.
4005 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4007 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4008 indented a bit more than the first.
4009 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4016 And make things look fine
4025 \begin_layout Standard
4030 does not indent both margins.
4031 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4032 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4043 \begin_layout Subsection
4045 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4051 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4060 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4070 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4079 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4080 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4081 some general features of all four of them.
4084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4088 \begin_layout Standard
4089 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4091 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4100 reset the environment to
4104 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4105 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4106 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4111 to break paragraphs.
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4116 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4118 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4119 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4122 reference "sec:Nesting"
4130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4137 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4142 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4155 paragraph environment.
4156 It has the following properties:
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4164 \begin_layout Itemize
4165 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4169 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 The items can have any length.
4175 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4176 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4183 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 environment inside another
4192 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4196 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 See section\InsetSpace ~
4207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4208 reference "sec:Nesting"
4212 for a full explanation of nesting.
4216 \begin_layout Standard
4217 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4226 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4230 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4231 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4232 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4235 \begin_layout Itemize
4236 The label for the first level
4240 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4244 \begin_layout Itemize
4245 The label for the second level is a dash.
4249 \begin_layout Itemize
4250 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4255 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4259 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 Back out to the third level.
4264 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 Back to the second level.
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4270 Back to the outermost level.
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4274 These are the default labels for an
4279 You can customize these labels in the
4281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4284 dialog in the submenu
4291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4292 name "Document ! Settings"
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4301 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4302 in section\InsetSpace ~
4304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4305 reference "sec:Nesting"
4312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4318 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4319 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4324 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4325 name "sec:Enumerate"
4332 \begin_layout Standard
4337 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4338 It has these properties:
4341 \begin_layout Enumerate
4342 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4346 \begin_layout Enumerate
4347 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4351 \begin_layout Enumerate
4352 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4355 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 environment resets the counter to one.
4363 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4378 Items can have any length.
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4385 \begin_layout Enumerate
4386 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4389 \begin_layout Enumerate
4390 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4394 \begin_layout Standard
4403 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4404 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4411 \begin_layout Enumerate
4412 The first level of an
4416 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4420 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4425 \begin_layout Enumerate
4426 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4430 \begin_layout Enumerate
4431 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4434 \begin_layout Enumerate
4435 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4440 \begin_layout Enumerate
4441 Back to the third level
4445 \begin_layout Enumerate
4446 Back to the second level.
4450 \begin_layout Enumerate
4451 Back to the outermost level.
4454 \begin_layout Standard
4455 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4460 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4465 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4469 \begin_layout Standard
4470 There is more to nesting
4474 environments than we've stated here.
4475 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4477 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4478 reference "sec:Nesting"
4482 to learn more about nesting.
4485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4491 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4492 name "Lists ! Description"
4497 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4498 name "sec:Description-List"
4505 \begin_layout Standard
4506 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4510 list has no fixed label.
4511 Instead, LyX uses the first
4512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4519 of the first line as the label.
4523 \begin_layout Description
4524 Example: This is an example of the
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4545 it is meant that the first hit of the
4549 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4551 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4564 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4567 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4569 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4570 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4574 for more info.) Here is an example:
4577 \begin_layout Description
4579 Example: This one shows how to use a
4581 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4591 \begin_layout Description
4592 Usage: You should use the
4596 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4597 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4599 It's not a good idea to use a
4603 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4604 You're better off using
4616 paragraphs into them.
4619 \begin_layout Description
4620 Nesting: You can nest
4624 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4628 \begin_layout Standard
4629 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4630 them from the first line.
4633 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4640 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4645 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4653 \begin_layout Standard
4658 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4671 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4672 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4675 \begin_layout Labeling
4676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4678 labels LyX uses the first
4679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4686 of each line as the item label.
4691 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4692 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4693 blank as described above.
4696 \begin_layout Labeling
4697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4698 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4699 the body of the item text.
4700 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4701 label width plus a little extra space.
4705 \begin_layout Labeling
4706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4708 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4710 If the label width is larger, the label
4711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4718 into the first line.
4719 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4720 margin of the rest of the item text.
4723 \begin_layout Labeling
4724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4725 default\InsetSpace ~
4726 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4731 environment have the same left margin.
4733 To change the default width, select
4734 all items in the list.
4737 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4738 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4744 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4747 determines the default label width.
4748 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4757 multiple times instead.
4758 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4767 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4769 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4772 every time you alter a label in a
4778 The predefined default width is the length of
4779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4798 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4799 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4812 environment the same way like the
4816 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4822 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4826 \begin_layout Standard
4831 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4833 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4834 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4837 reference "sec:Nesting"
4841 to learn about nesting.
4844 \begin_layout Standard
4845 There is yet another feature of the
4849 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4851 You can use additional
4855 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4860 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4862 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4863 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4868 Here are some examples:
4871 \begin_layout Labeling
4872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4873 Left The default for
4880 \begin_layout Labeling
4881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4888 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4891 \begin_layout Labeling
4892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4901 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4904 \begin_layout Subsection
4906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4927 \begin_layout Standard
4928 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4939 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4940 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4941 In contrast, you can use the
4950 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4951 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4955 \begin_layout Standard
4956 Of course, you're not limited to using
4971 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4972 some European academic papers.
4975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4977 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4978 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4985 \begin_layout Standard
4990 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4991 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4997 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4998 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4999 Here's an example of each:
5002 \begin_layout Right Address
5009 When is it? What is today?
5012 \begin_layout Standard
5019 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5020 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5021 Here's an example of the
5028 \begin_layout Address
5031 Where do I send this
5033 Your post office and country
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5037 As you can see, both
5046 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5051 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5057 This makes sense, since
5065 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5066 Thus, you have to use
5076 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5077 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5085 menu) to start a new line in an
5097 \begin_layout Subsection
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5102 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5103 or list of references.
5104 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5119 \begin_layout Standard
5124 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5125 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5126 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5127 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5131 in anything else or vice versa.
5137 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5138 The book document classes ignores the
5142 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5146 in a letter document class.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5154 environment does several things for you.
5155 First, it puts the centered label
5156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5164 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5166 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5167 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5168 the subsequent text.
5169 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5170 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5178 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5179 The new paragraph will still be in the
5184 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5185 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5188 \begin_layout Standard
5189 \begin_inset Float figure
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5196 \begin_inset Graphics
5197 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5207 \begin_layout Standard
5208 \begin_inset Caption
5210 \begin_layout Standard
5211 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5212 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5238 environment, but since this document is in the
5239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5246 class, we can't do this.
5247 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5249 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5250 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5255 If you've never heard of an
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5272 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5278 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5279 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5286 \begin_layout Standard
5291 environment is used to list references.
5292 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5293 only use it at the end of the document.
5298 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 When you first open a
5306 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5322 depending on the document class.
5323 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5324 Each paragraph of the
5328 environment is a bibliography entry.
5333 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5334 Each new paragraph is still in the
5341 \begin_layout Standard
5342 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5343 in section\InsetSpace ~
5345 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5346 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5353 \begin_layout Subsection
5357 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5358 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5376 environment is another LyX extension.
5377 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5382 key as a fixed whitespace;
5386 \begin_layout Standard
5397 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5400 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5405 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5406 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5424 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5425 So, when you finish using the
5429 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5430 Also, you can nest the
5434 environment inside of others.
5437 \begin_layout Standard
5438 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5458 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5476 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5483 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 \begin_layout Itemize
5493 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5494 You must put at least one
5498 in any line you want blank.
5499 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5502 \begin_layout Itemize
5503 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5507 since that will insert
5512 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5520 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5527 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5531 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5535 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5539 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5543 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5544 printf("Hello World!
5549 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5553 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5558 This is just the standard
5559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5570 \begin_layout Standard
5575 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5576 rc-files, and so on.
5577 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5578 as if you used a typewriter.
5579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5580 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5587 \begin_layout Section
5588 Nesting Environments
5589 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5590 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5595 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5603 \begin_layout Subsection
5607 \begin_layout Standard
5608 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5610 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5612 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5614 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5649 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5650 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5652 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5658 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5666 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5667 will tell you how far you are nested).
5668 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5669 \begin_inset Graphics
5670 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5677 \begin_inset Graphics
5678 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5684 or the convenient key bindings
5692 to change the nesting level.
5693 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5694 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5698 \begin_layout Standard
5699 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5700 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5701 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5702 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5707 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5709 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5712 \begin_layout Subsection
5713 What You Can and Can't Nest
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5717 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5718 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5722 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5723 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5724 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 Completely unnestable
5731 \begin_layout Itemize
5732 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5733 other things inside of them.
5736 \begin_layout Itemize
5737 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5743 environments have them:
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5748 Can't nest into them.
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5772 \begin_layout Itemize
5778 \begin_layout Itemize
5784 \begin_layout Itemize
5792 \begin_layout Itemize
5798 \begin_layout Itemize
5804 \begin_layout Itemize
5810 \begin_layout Itemize
5816 \begin_layout Itemize
5822 \begin_layout Itemize
5828 \begin_layout Itemize
5834 \begin_layout Itemize
5840 \begin_layout Itemize
5846 \begin_layout Itemize
5852 \begin_layout Itemize
5859 \begin_layout Description
5861 Nestable You can nest them.
5862 You can nest other things into them.
5866 \begin_layout Itemize
5872 \begin_layout Itemize
5878 \begin_layout Itemize
5884 \begin_layout Itemize
5890 \begin_layout Itemize
5896 \begin_layout Itemize
5902 \begin_layout Itemize
5908 \begin_layout Itemize
5915 \begin_layout Description
5916 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5917 You can't nest anything into them.
5921 \begin_layout Itemize
5927 \begin_layout Itemize
5934 \begin_layout Itemize
5941 \begin_layout Standard
5946 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5960 \begin_layout Subsection
5961 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5962 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5963 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5968 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5969 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5976 \begin_layout Standard
5977 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5978 affected by nesting anyhow.
5982 \begin_layout Itemize
5986 \begin_layout Itemize
5990 \begin_layout Itemize
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5996 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6004 If you put a figure or a table in a
6008 , this is no longer true.
6013 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6015 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6016 reference "sec:Floats"
6020 for more informations about
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6028 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6029 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6033 \begin_layout Standard
6034 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6042 of its own, it behaves just like a
6043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6050 paragraph environment.
6051 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6056 Here's an example with a table:
6059 \begin_layout Enumerate
6064 \begin_layout Enumerate
6065 This is (a) and it's nested.
6069 \begin_layout Standard
6070 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6076 \begin_layout Standard
6078 \begin_inset Tabular
6079 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6083 <row topline="true">
6084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6105 \begin_layout Standard
6121 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6125 \begin_layout Standard
6140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6143 \begin_layout Standard
6166 \begin_layout Standard
6167 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6174 \begin_layout Enumerate
6176 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6180 \begin_layout Enumerate
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6185 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6188 \begin_layout Enumerate
6193 \begin_layout Enumerate
6194 This is (a) and it's nested.
6198 \begin_layout Standard
6199 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6205 \begin_layout Standard
6207 \begin_inset Tabular
6208 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6212 <row topline="true">
6213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6216 \begin_layout Standard
6231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6234 \begin_layout Standard
6250 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6254 \begin_layout Standard
6269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6272 \begin_layout Standard
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6296 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6302 \begin_layout Enumerate
6309 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6312 \begin_layout Enumerate
6316 \begin_layout Standard
6317 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6324 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6327 \begin_layout Enumerate
6332 \begin_layout Enumerate
6333 This is (a) and it's nested.
6336 \begin_layout Standard
6337 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6343 \begin_layout Standard
6345 \begin_inset Tabular
6346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6350 <row topline="true">
6351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6354 \begin_layout Standard
6369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6372 \begin_layout Standard
6388 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6433 \begin_layout Standard
6434 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6442 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6450 \begin_layout Enumerate
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6461 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6462 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6466 \begin_layout Subsection
6467 Usage and General Features
6468 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6469 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6476 \begin_layout Standard
6477 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6486 is the innermost possible depth.
6487 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6490 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 level #1 - outermost
6495 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 \begin_layout Enumerate
6505 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 \begin_layout Itemize
6515 \begin_layout Itemize
6524 \begin_layout Standard
6525 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6526 both of them in the example.
6527 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6537 For example, if we tried to nest another
6542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6552 \begin_layout Subsection
6554 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6555 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6564 We have several examples of nested environments.
6565 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6570 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6573 \begin_layout Labeling
6574 \labelwidthstring MMM
6575 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6584 \begin_layout Labeling
6585 \labelwidthstring MMM
6586 #2-a This is level #2.
6587 We created it by using
6599 \begin_layout Labeling
6600 \labelwidthstring MMM
6601 #3-a This is level #3.
6602 This time, we just hit
6611 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6624 \begin_layout Standard
6629 environment, nested inside of
6630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6638 So, it's at level #4.
6639 We did this by hitting
6647 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6652 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6673 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6680 \begin_layout Labeling
6681 \labelwidthstring MMM
6682 #4-a This is level #4.
6687 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6692 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6696 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6701 keep nesting things inside of
6702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6713 \begin_layout Labeling
6714 \labelwidthstring MMM
6715 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6720 \begin_layout Labeling
6721 \labelwidthstring MMM
6722 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6723 and this is level #6.
6724 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6728 \begin_layout Labeling
6729 \labelwidthstring MMM
6730 #5-b Back to level #5.
6743 \begin_layout Labeling
6744 \labelwidthstring MMM
6753 , we're back at level #4.
6757 \begin_layout Labeling
6758 \labelwidthstring MMM
6759 #3-b Back to level #3.
6760 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6764 \begin_layout Labeling
6765 \labelwidthstring MMM
6766 #2-b Back to level #2.
6771 \begin_layout Labeling
6772 \labelwidthstring MMM
6773 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6774 After this sentence, we'll hit
6778 and change the paragraph environment back to
6785 \begin_layout Standard
6786 We could have also used the
6802 environment in place of the
6807 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6811 Example 2: Inheritance
6814 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6815 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6818 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6828 , after which, we'll change to the
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6841 environment, at level #2.
6844 \begin_layout Enumerate
6845 Notice how the nested
6849 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6853 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6857 \begin_layout Standard
6858 We ended this example by hitting
6863 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6867 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6875 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6887 \begin_layout Standard
6888 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6896 \begin_layout Enumerate
6897 This is level #1, in an
6901 paragraph environment.
6902 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6906 \begin_layout Enumerate
6917 Now, what happens if we nest an
6921 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6922 label be? An asterisk?
6926 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6937 So, its label is a bullet.
6938 (We got here by using
6946 , then changing the environment to
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6955 Here's level #4, produced using
6964 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6969 \begin_layout Enumerate
6970 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6972 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6977 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6981 , because we are in the
7005 \begin_layout Enumerate
7010 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7011 type of numbering does LyX use?
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7019 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7022 \begin_layout Enumerate
7027 to decrease the depth after the next
7035 \begin_layout Enumerate
7037 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7041 \begin_layout Enumerate
7043 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7044 numeral as the label.Why?
7047 \begin_layout Enumerate
7048 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7057 Notice, however, that LyX
7061 reset the counter for the label.
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7074 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7075 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7076 into the twofold-nested
7084 \begin_layout Enumerate
7085 The same thing happens if we do another
7093 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7097 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7102 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7116 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7122 The same rule applies for the
7126 environment, as well.
7129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7130 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7133 \begin_layout Enumerate
7134 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7135 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7136 same detail with how we did it.
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7148 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7150 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7151 example in parentheses someplace.
7152 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7153 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7154 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7158 \begin_layout Enumerate
7163 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7168 Now we'll add verse.
7170 It will get much worse.
7174 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7180 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7182 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7195 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7203 \begin_inset Tabular
7204 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7212 \begin_layout Standard
7227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7230 \begin_layout Standard
7246 <row topline="true">
7247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7268 \begin_layout Standard
7295 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7299 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7305 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 : level #1) This is another item.
7311 Note that selecting a
7315 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7316 3 times to put the table inside the
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We're now ending the
7329 list and changing to
7334 We're still at level #1.
7335 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7336 The next set of paragraphs is a
7337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7353 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7357 for the letter body.
7362 to preserve the depth.
7363 Remember that you need to use
7367 to create multiple lines inside the
7381 \begin_layout Right Address
7384 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7389 \begin_layout Address
7390 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7394 \begin_layout Quotation
7395 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7396 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7399 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7400 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7401 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7402 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7403 as soon as possible.
7404 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7407 \begin_layout Quotation
7408 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7409 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7410 with your order, along with payment.
7413 \begin_layout Quotation
7414 We thank you again for your patience.
7417 \begin_layout Address
7424 \begin_layout Quotation
7425 That ends that example!
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7430 just a few keystrokes.
7431 We could have easily nested an
7452 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7455 \begin_layout Section
7456 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7459 \begin_layout Subsection
7461 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7462 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7477 in a uniform fashion.
7478 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7479 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7480 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7481 equally between themselves.
7485 \begin_layout Standard
7490 can be inserted with
7492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7493 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7494 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7498 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7503 This is on the left side
7505 This is on the right
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 That was an example in the
7535 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7541 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7544 is one in a standard paragraph.
7545 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7549 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7553 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7554 Here's an example with the
7561 \begin_layout Labeling
7562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7574 \begin_layout Standard
7576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7583 marks the beginning of the item.
7584 (There is actually a
7585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7592 HFill inside of the label of the
7596 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7605 situations, like two-column mode.
7608 \begin_layout Standard
7609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7612 \begin_layout Standard
7617 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7621 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7622 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7623 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7633 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7635 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7649 Other space variants
7650 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7651 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7660 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7662 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7668 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7670 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7679 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7690 For example the command
7697 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7700 cm space within the following line:
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7705 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7712 \begin_layout Standard
7722 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7726 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7729 cm space between the arrows.
7732 \begin_layout Standard
7733 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7735 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7736 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7743 \begin_layout Paragraph
7747 \begin_layout Standard
7748 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7750 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7753 \begin_layout Standard
7754 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7757 What is correct English?:
7762 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7801 \begin_layout Standard
7802 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7813 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7820 In our case write the command
7827 (note the space after
7828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7835 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7836 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7837 That is why it is named
7838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7849 \begin_layout Standard
7850 There exists also the commands
7862 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7863 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7864 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7865 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7877 \begin_layout Subsection
7879 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7880 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7887 \begin_layout Standard
7888 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7891 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7892 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7896 There you find the following sizes:
7899 \begin_layout Standard
7912 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7917 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7922 name "Document ! Settings"
7928 for the paragraph separation.
7929 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7945 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7946 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7948 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7949 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7958 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7967 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7969 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7970 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7979 If there are several
7983 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7984 You can therefore use
7988 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7996 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7998 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7999 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8006 \begin_layout Standard
8007 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8017 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8018 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8030 \begin_layout Subsection
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8041 There are four possibilities:
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8068 \begin_layout Standard
8069 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8070 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8071 the left and right margins.
8072 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8077 This paragraph is right aligned,
8080 \begin_layout Standard
8082 this one is centered,
8085 \begin_layout Standard
8087 this one is left aligned.
8090 \begin_layout Subsection
8092 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8093 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8098 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8099 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8107 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8108 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8109 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8110 Only if you use many
8114 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8119 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8123 have to change the pagebreaking.
8126 \begin_layout Standard
8127 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8129 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8132 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8137 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8138 that it fills out the complete page.
8139 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8140 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8141 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8166 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8167 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8171 \begin_layout Standard
8172 normally one uses simply
8184 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8185 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8190 at the top of a page.
8191 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8192 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8193 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8194 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8196 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8197 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8210 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8211 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8216 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8217 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8225 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8226 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8227 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8228 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8229 if necessary by adding pages.
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8236 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8241 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8244 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8249 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8250 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8253 \begin_layout Subsection
8255 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8262 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8269 \begin_layout Standard
8270 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8272 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8284 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8285 whole space between the page margins.
8286 This is necessary to avoid
8287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8294 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8295 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8307 The syntax is similar tho the command
8313 , described in the previous section.
8316 \begin_layout Standard
8317 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8318 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8319 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8320 set a linebreak, e.g.
8321 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8323 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8324 reference "sec:Quote"
8329 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8330 reference "sec:Verse"
8335 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8336 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8343 \begin_layout Subsection
8345 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8353 \begin_layout Standard
8354 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8355 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8356 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8357 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8359 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8365 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8366 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8371 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8372 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8379 \begin_layout Standard
8380 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8381 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8382 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8383 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8384 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8386 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8387 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8392 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8393 In this case, insert one with
8395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8396 Special\InsetSpace ~
8397 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8398 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8410 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8411 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8416 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8417 name "Spaces ! protected"
8424 \begin_layout Standard
8425 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8427 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8431 Further documentation is given in section
8434 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8435 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8443 \begin_layout Standard
8444 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8457 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8458 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8467 A protected space is set with
8469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8470 Special\InsetSpace ~
8471 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8488 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8489 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8494 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8495 name "Spaces ! thin"
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8511 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8520 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8521 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8522 inside abbreviations:
8526 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8528 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8529 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8533 \begin_layout Standard
8534 or between values and units.
8535 Compare for example this:
8537 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8547 Special\InsetSpace ~
8548 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8564 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8565 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8566 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8569 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8578 Te latter means to type
8582 space-insert <command>
8589 into the command buffer, where
8593 is one of the following:
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8606 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8609 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8621 \begin_layout Standard
8623 \begin_inset Tabular
8624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8629 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8633 \begin_layout Standard
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8655 \begin_layout Standard
8664 <row topline="true">
8665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8668 \begin_layout Standard
8676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8679 \begin_layout Standard
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Standard
8696 <row topline="true">
8697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8700 \begin_layout Standard
8708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8721 \begin_layout Standard
8728 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8732 \begin_layout Standard
8740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8743 \begin_layout Standard
8750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8760 <row bottomline="true">
8761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Standard
8782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8792 <row bottomline="true">
8793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8807 \begin_layout Standard
8814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8824 <row bottomline="true">
8825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8828 \begin_layout Standard
8836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8849 \begin_layout Standard
8856 <row bottomline="true">
8857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8860 \begin_layout Standard
8868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8871 \begin_layout Standard
8878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8881 \begin_layout Standard
8888 <row bottomline="true">
8889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8892 \begin_layout Standard
8900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8903 \begin_layout Standard
8910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8927 \begin_layout Subsection
8929 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8930 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8935 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8936 name "Horizontal lines"
8943 \begin_layout Standard
8948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8949 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8950 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8953 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8959 \begin_layout Section
8960 Fonts and Text Styles
8961 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8962 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8969 \begin_layout Subsection
8971 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8980 There are two types of fonts:
8983 \begin_layout Description
8986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8987 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8991 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8992 characters) in the font.
8993 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8994 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8995 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8996 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8997 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8998 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8999 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9000 provide a good image.
9002 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9003 size and scale them.
9004 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9005 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9006 sizes than at small ones.
9024 \begin_layout Description
9027 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9028 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
9032 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9033 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9034 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9035 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9036 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9037 picture manipulation program.
9038 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9039 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9040 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9041 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9042 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9044 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9045 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9047 Bitmap fonts are named
9053 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9057 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9058 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9059 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9060 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9065 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9066 its document properties.
9069 \begin_layout Standard
9070 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9071 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9072 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9073 font to emphasize text, you use an
9074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9082 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9083 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9087 \begin_layout Subsection
9088 Document Font and Font size
9089 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9090 name "sub:Document-Font"
9095 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9101 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9102 name "Document ! Font"
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 You can set the document fonts in the
9112 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9116 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9117 name "Document ! Settings"
9122 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9123 font shapes roman (serif),
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 The possible options for the font include
9140 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9145 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9167 European Computer Modern
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9180 \begin_layout Standard
9189 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9190 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9194 \begin_layout Standard
9195 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9200 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9206 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9207 There are three ways to use one:
9210 \begin_layout Itemize
9211 One way is to use the
9221 Virtual means that it
9222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9233 -glyphs from other fonts.
9234 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9255 \begin_layout Standard
9256 Loading the LaTeX-package
9259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9260 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9266 with the document preamble line
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9274 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9277 \begin_layout Standard
9278 will fix the guillemet problem.
9283 and that accented characters are not
9287 glyph, they are build of
9291 characters, the accent and the letter.
9292 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9296 fonts for words with accented characters.
9297 If you search for example for the French word
9298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9305 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9314 and not for the glyph
9315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9322 \begin_layout Standard
9332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9336 \begin_inset Note Note
9339 \begin_layout Standard
9347 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9348 to be accented with the grave.
9350 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9351 in section\InsetSpace ~
9353 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9366 \begin_layout Itemize
9367 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9371 \begin_layout Standard
9380 , consists of these three main font types
9407 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9408 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9415 The differences between roman,
9424 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9426 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9427 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9438 was originally designed for newspapers.
9439 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9440 into the small newspaper columns.
9446 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9449 \begin_layout Itemize
9450 The best solution is to use the
9455 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9462 \begin_layout Standard
9463 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9466 For the font size there are four possible values:
9483 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9486 \begin_layout Standard
9487 The font sizes are the
9492 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9493 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9494 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9500 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9502 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9503 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9510 \begin_layout Standard
9511 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9515 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9518 \begin_layout Standard
9523 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9527 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9528 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9529 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9531 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9534 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9537 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9549 \begin_layout Subsection
9550 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9551 name "sub:Character-Styles"
9555 Using Different Character Styles
9556 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9557 name "Character Styles"
9562 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9570 \begin_layout Standard
9571 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9572 certain paragraph environments.
9573 LyX supports two character styles,
9582 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9591 style, do one of the following:
9594 \begin_layout Itemize
9595 click on the toolbar button
9596 \begin_inset Graphics
9597 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9606 \begin_layout Itemize
9613 \begin_layout Standard
9614 These commands are all toggles.
9619 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9622 \begin_layout Standard
9623 One typically uses the
9627 style for proper names.
9629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9636 is the original author of LyX.
9637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9644 A more widely used character style is the
9649 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9656 \begin_layout Itemize
9657 clicking on the toolbar button
9658 \begin_inset Graphics
9659 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9668 \begin_layout Itemize
9669 using the keybindings
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9680 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9681 es use a different font.
9684 \begin_layout Standard
9685 We've been using the
9689 style all over the place in this document.
9690 Here's one more example:
9693 \begin_layout Quotation
9696 Don't overuse character styles!
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9700 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9701 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9702 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9703 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9707 \begin_layout Standard
9708 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9722 \begin_layout Subsection
9723 Fine-Tuning with the
9728 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9729 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9734 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9743 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9744 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9745 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9746 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9747 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9748 from ordinary dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9753 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9755 Documents that overuse
9756 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9757 has knocked huge holes in it.
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9761 To use custom character styles, open the
9763 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9768 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9769 font property which you can choose.
9770 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9775 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9780 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9781 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9782 environments in a snap.
9785 \begin_layout Standard
9786 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9798 \begin_layout Labeling
9799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9813 The possible options are:
9817 \begin_layout Labeling
9818 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9823 This is the Roman font family.
9824 Normally a serif font.
9825 It's also the default family.
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9856 \begin_inset Note Note
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9861 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9863 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9864 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9876 \begin_layout Labeling
9877 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9885 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9892 \begin_layout Standard
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9920 \begin_layout Labeling
9921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9928 This is the Typewriter font family.
9935 \begin_layout Standard
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9966 \begin_layout Labeling
9967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9972 This corresponds to the print weight.
9977 \begin_layout Labeling
9978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9983 This is the Medium font series.
9984 It's also the default series.
9987 \begin_layout Labeling
9988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9995 This is the Bold font series.
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10020 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_layout Labeling
10032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10037 As the name implies.
10042 \begin_layout Labeling
10043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10048 This is the Upright font shape.
10049 It's also the default shape.
10052 \begin_layout Labeling
10053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10067 s the Italic font shape
10073 \begin_layout Labeling
10074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10081 This is the Slanted font shape
10083 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10086 \begin_layout Labeling
10087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10095 This is the Small caps font shape
10102 \begin_layout Labeling
10103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10108 Alters the size of the font.
10109 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10110 nal to the document font size.
10111 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10112 what you want to do.
10117 \begin_layout Labeling
10118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10187 \begin_layout Standard
10197 \begin_layout Labeling
10198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10238 \begin_layout Standard
10248 \begin_layout Labeling
10249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10289 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_layout Standard
10318 \begin_layout Standard
10328 \begin_layout Labeling
10329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10351 \begin_layout Standard
10369 \begin_layout Standard
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10398 \begin_layout Standard
10408 \begin_layout Labeling
10409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10423 It's also the default size.
10428 \begin_layout Standard
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10457 \begin_layout Standard
10475 \begin_layout Standard
10485 \begin_layout Labeling
10486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10526 \begin_layout Standard
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10555 \begin_layout Standard
10565 \begin_layout Labeling
10566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10617 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_layout Standard
10645 \begin_layout Labeling
10646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10668 \begin_layout Standard
10686 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_layout Labeling
10697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10776 \begin_layout Labeling
10777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10857 \begin_layout Standard
10862 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10863 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10864 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10865 - use that instead.
10866 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10869 \begin_layout Labeling
10870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10875 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10880 \begin_layout Labeling
10881 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10888 This is text with emphasize on
10891 This might seem like the same as
10895 , but it is actually a bit different.
10901 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10903 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10906 \begin_layout Labeling
10907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10914 This is text with Underbar on.
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10939 \begin_layout Standard
10952 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10953 when you couldn't change fonts.
10954 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10955 It's only included in LyX because some people
10959 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10962 \begin_layout Labeling
10963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10970 This is text with Noun on.
10977 , this is a logical attribute.
10978 Normally it's equivalent to
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10993 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10994 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11000 , which is the default
11001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 and means normally black, you can choose between
11041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11042 name "Color ! Text"
11049 \begin_layout Labeling
11050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11055 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11056 the language of the document.
11057 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11061 \begin_layout Standard
11062 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11063 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11065 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11069 dialog, the settings are saved.
11070 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11071 \begin_inset Graphics
11072 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11079 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11080 when the dialog isn't visible.
11084 \begin_layout Standard
11085 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11091 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11092 (suppose you just set the shape to
11093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11110 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11120 \begin_layout Standard
11121 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11138 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11151 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11174 \begin_layout Standard
11187 \begin_layout Standard
11199 \begin_inset Note Note
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11203 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11205 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11206 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11220 \begin_layout Itemize
11225 fonts use characters with serifs.
11226 These are the small
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11235 The following example will show the difference:
11241 text without serifs
11245 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11246 They are therefore used as default font (named
11253 \begin_layout Itemize
11259 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11260 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11264 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11265 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11268 \begin_layout Section
11269 Printing and Previewing
11272 \begin_layout Subsection
11276 \begin_layout Standard
11277 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11278 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11279 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11280 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11281 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11283 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11291 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11292 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11293 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11294 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11295 This happens in two stages:
11298 \begin_layout Enumerate
11299 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11300 generating a file with the extension,
11301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11315 \begin_layout Enumerate
11316 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11320 file to produce printable output.
11324 \begin_layout Subsection
11325 Output file formats
11326 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11327 name "File formats"
11332 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11333 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11342 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11343 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11350 \begin_layout Standard
11351 This file type has the extension
11352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11364 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11368 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11378 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11379 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11388 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11396 This file type has the extension
11397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11408 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11410 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11411 it manually with console commands.
11412 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11413 you view or export your document.
11416 \begin_layout Standard
11417 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11419 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11420 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11425 \begin_layout Standard
11437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11439 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11440 name "File formats ! DVI"
11447 \begin_layout Standard
11448 This file type has the extension
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11470 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11471 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11473 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11477 \begin_layout Standard
11478 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11486 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11487 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11492 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11493 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11494 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11495 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11498 \begin_layout Standard
11499 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11501 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11502 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11511 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11518 \begin_layout Standard
11519 This file type has the extension
11520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11532 PostScript was developed by the company
11536 as printer language.
11537 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11539 PostScript can be seen as
11540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11543 programming language
11544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11547 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11552 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11558 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11559 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11568 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11571 \begin_layout Standard
11572 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11576 Encapsulated PostScript
11577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11580 (EPS, file extension
11581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11593 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11594 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11595 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11596 whenever you view or export your document.
11597 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11598 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11599 EPS to avoid this problem.
11602 \begin_layout Standard
11603 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11605 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11606 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11615 name "File formats ! PDF"
11620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11628 \begin_layout Standard
11629 This file type has the extension
11630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11646 Portable Document Format
11647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11650 (PDF) is developed by
11654 as derivative from PostScript.
11655 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11664 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11665 looks exactly the same.
11668 \begin_layout Standard
11669 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11673 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11677 (JPG, file extension
11678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11705 Portable Network Graphics
11706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11709 (PNG, file extension
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11722 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11723 in the background to one of these formats.
11724 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11725 will slow down your workflow.
11726 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11729 \begin_layout Standard
11730 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11735 in three different ways:
11738 \begin_layout Description
11739 PDF This uses the program
11743 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11744 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11748 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11749 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11752 \begin_layout Description
11754 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11758 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11762 \begin_layout Description
11764 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11768 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 We recommend to use
11781 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11787 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11790 \begin_layout Subsection
11792 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11793 name "Document ! Preview "
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11802 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11806 and choose a file type.
11807 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11813 you can use the toolbar button
11814 \begin_inset Graphics
11815 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11827 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11831 you can use the toolbar button
11832 \begin_inset Graphics
11833 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11842 \begin_layout Standard
11843 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11844 viewer window using the menu
11846 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11852 \begin_layout Standard
11853 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11855 To have a real output, export your document.
11858 \begin_layout Subsection
11859 Printing the File from within LyX
11860 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11861 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11868 \begin_layout Standard
11869 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11870 it directly from within LyX.
11871 To print a file, select the menu
11873 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11876 or click on the toolbar button
11877 \begin_inset Graphics
11878 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11885 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11886 This file is then processed by the program
11890 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11895 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11898 \begin_layout Standard
11899 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11900 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11901 printing one set to print on the other side.
11902 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11903 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11904 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11907 \begin_layout Standard
11908 You can set the parameters in the
11916 \begin_layout Labeling
11917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11926 \begin_layout Standard
11927 Note that this printer name is for the program
11936 has to be configured for this printer name.
11937 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11939 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11940 reference "sub:Printer"
11949 The printer should understand PostScript.
11952 \begin_layout Labeling
11953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 The name of a file to print to.
11959 The output will be a PostScript file.
11960 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11964 \begin_layout Section
11965 A few Words about Typography
11966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11974 \begin_layout Subsection
11976 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11982 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12018 \begin_layout Enumerate
12024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12038 \begin_layout Enumerate
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12071 \begin_layout Enumerate
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12086 \begin_layout Standard
12099 \begin_layout Standard
12111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12117 \begin_layout Enumerate
12121 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12141 \begin_layout Standard
12142 You generate them by inserting the
12143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12154 character multiple times in a row.
12155 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12156 final output, but not in LyX.
12159 \begin_layout Standard
12160 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12161 math mode and has a length of its own.
12162 Here are some examples of the
12163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12177 \begin_layout Enumerate
12178 line- and page-breaks
12187 \begin_layout Enumerate
12197 \begin_layout Enumerate
12198 Oh --- there's a dash.
12207 \begin_layout Enumerate
12208 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12220 \begin_layout Subsection
12222 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12228 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12229 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12236 \begin_layout Standard
12237 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12238 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12241 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12242 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12248 following the rules of the document language
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12260 German\InsetSpace ~
12266 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12283 and with unusual constructs, like
12284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12293 This is done with the menu
12295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12296 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12297 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12301 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12302 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12305 \begin_layout Standard
12306 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12307 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12308 a hyphen and a space in the form
12309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12317 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 as hyphenation possibility.
12326 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12327 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12328 of the LaTeX-box-command
12334 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12335 As LyX doesn't support
12341 , we have to use ERT.
12342 The result looks in LyX like:
12345 \begin_layout Standard
12346 \begin_inset Graphics
12347 filename clipart/mbox.png
12356 \begin_layout Standard
12357 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12360 reference "sec:ERT"
12367 \begin_layout Subsection
12369 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12370 name "Punctuation marks"
12377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12378 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12379 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12380 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12388 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12389 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12390 LaTeX then adds the
12391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 appropriate amount of space
12395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12399 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12401 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12404 \begin_layout Standard
12405 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12419 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12420 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12423 \begin_layout Standard
12424 Here are some examples of
12428 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12431 \begin_layout Itemize
12436 \begin_layout Itemize
12441 \begin_layout Standard
12442 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12445 \begin_layout Itemize
12448 this is too much space!
12451 \begin_layout Itemize
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12464 \begin_layout Enumerate
12467 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12470 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12472 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12473 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12479 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12486 \begin_layout Enumerate
12492 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12494 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12495 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12501 name "Spaces ! thin"
12508 \begin_layout Enumerate
12513 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12519 Special\InsetSpace ~
12522 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12523 This function is also bound to
12530 \begin_layout Standard
12531 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12534 \begin_layout Itemize
12535 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12536 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12537 this is too much space!
12540 \begin_layout Itemize
12541 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12545 \begin_layout Standard
12546 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12547 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12548 LaTeX will care about this.
12551 \begin_layout Standard
12552 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12555 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12559 feature described in section
12570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12572 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12573 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12579 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12584 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12592 \begin_layout Standard
12593 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12594 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12595 and use a closing quote at the end.
12597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12605 The keyboard character,
12609 , generates this automatically.
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 You can change the behavior of the
12617 key using the submenu
12623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12628 name "Document ! Settings"
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12641 There are six choices:
12644 \begin_layout Labeling
12645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12657 Use quotes like this
12658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 \begin_inset Quotes els
12670 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12676 \begin_layout Labeling
12677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12680 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12684 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12690 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12698 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12704 \begin_layout Labeling
12705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12708 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12712 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12718 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12722 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12726 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12730 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12736 \begin_layout Labeling
12737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12740 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12744 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12750 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12754 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12758 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12762 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12768 \begin_layout Labeling
12769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12772 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12776 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12782 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12790 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12794 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12800 \begin_layout Labeling
12801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12804 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12808 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12814 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12818 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12822 \begin_inset Quotes als
12826 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 These settings affects what character the
12840 \begin_layout Subsection
12842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12843 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12848 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12849 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12854 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12855 name "sub:Ligatures"
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12864 print them as single characters.
12865 These groups are known as
12870 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12872 Here are the standard ligatures:
12875 \begin_layout Itemize
12879 \begin_layout Itemize
12883 \begin_layout Itemize
12887 \begin_layout Itemize
12891 \begin_layout Itemize
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12896 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12899 \begin_layout Standard
12900 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12901 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 To break a ligature, use
12927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12929 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12945 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 \begin_layout Subsection
12972 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12973 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12978 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12979 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 You have surely noticed, that the word
12988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12995 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12996 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12997 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 \begin_inset Note Note
13020 \begin_layout Standard
13021 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13029 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
13030 To create proper names omit the ERT.
13035 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
13039 \begin_layout Description
13040 LyX The name of the game, write
13041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13048 \begin_layout Standard
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_layout Description
13063 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
13064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 \begin_layout Standard
13079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13085 \begin_layout Description
13086 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13094 \begin_layout Standard
13102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13108 \begin_layout Description
13109 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13132 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13137 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13145 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13146 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13147 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13150 : The actual version is
13151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13158 , the previous one was
13159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13171 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13172 This will look in LyX like:
13173 \begin_inset Graphics
13174 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13182 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13184 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13185 reference "sec:ERT"
13192 \begin_layout Subsection
13194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13195 name "Typography ! Units"
13202 \begin_layout Standard
13203 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13204 space between two words.
13205 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13215 for units use the menu
13217 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13218 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 Here's an example to show the differences:
13233 \begin_layout Standard
13234 \begin_inset Tabular
13235 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13237 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13238 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13243 \begin_layout Standard
13246 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13257 \begin_layout Standard
13258 space between number and unit
13265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13268 \begin_layout Standard
13269 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13271 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 half space between number and unit
13296 \begin_layout Subsection
13298 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13299 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13304 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13312 \begin_layout Standard
13313 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13315 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13316 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13317 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13318 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13319 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13320 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13331 \begin_layout Standard
13332 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13333 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13334 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13335 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13336 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13337 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13338 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13341 \begin_layout Standard
13342 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13343 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13344 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13346 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13347 key "latexcompanion"
13353 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13358 ] may have more information.
13359 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13362 \begin_layout Chapter
13363 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13364 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13365 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13373 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13378 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13381 \begin_layout Section
13383 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13389 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13401 \begin_layout Description
13403 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13406 \begin_inset Note Note
13409 \begin_layout Standard
13410 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13418 \begin_layout Description
13419 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13420 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13422 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13423 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13424 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13429 \begin_inset Note Comment
13432 \begin_layout Standard
13433 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13441 \begin_layout Description
13442 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13443 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13448 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13451 \begin_layout Standard
13456 \begin_layout Standard
13457 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13458 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13459 How this can be done is explained in the
13468 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13477 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13478 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13481 \begin_layout Description
13482 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13484 \begin_inset Note Framed
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13493 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13495 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13496 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13500 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13504 \begin_layout Description
13505 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13506 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13509 \begin_layout Standard
13510 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13515 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13516 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13521 \begin_inset Graphics
13522 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13526 scaleBeforeRotation
13532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13536 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13539 \begin_layout Section
13541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13547 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13548 name "sec:Footnotes"
13555 \begin_layout Standard
13556 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13562 or the toolbar button
13563 \begin_inset Graphics
13564 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13579 \begin_inset Graphics
13580 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13592 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13621 label, the box will
13625 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13626 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13639 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 Here's an example footnote:
13664 \begin_layout Standard
13665 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13673 \begin_layout Standard
13674 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13675 position where the footnote box is placed.
13676 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13677 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13678 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13679 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13680 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13685 ey are described in the
13692 \begin_layout Section
13694 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13695 name "Marginal notes"
13700 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13701 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13708 \begin_layout Standard
13709 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13710 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13713 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13716 or the toolbar button
13717 \begin_inset Graphics
13718 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13747 appearing within your text.
13748 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 At the side is an example marginal note.
13762 \begin_inset Marginal
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 This is a marginal note.
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13776 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13777 pages, right on odd pages.
13780 \begin_layout Section
13781 Graphics and Images
13782 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13794 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13795 name "sec:Graphics"
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13803 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13804 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13805 \begin_inset Graphics
13806 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13818 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13827 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13828 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13829 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13831 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13834 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13841 \begin_layout Standard
13846 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13847 of the image in the output.
13848 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13860 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13863 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13864 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13878 You can also set the
13882 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13883 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13885 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13886 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13896 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13897 image size is printed.
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13902 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13904 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13905 centered paragraph:
13908 \begin_layout Standard
13910 \begin_inset Graphics
13911 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13916 rotateOrigin center
13923 \begin_layout Standard
13924 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13925 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13927 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13928 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13935 \begin_layout Subsection
13937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13938 name "Image formats"
13943 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13944 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 You can insert images in any known file format.
13953 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13956 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13960 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13961 LyX uses therefore the program
13965 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13966 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13967 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13969 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13970 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13978 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13981 \begin_layout Description
13982 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13983 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13984 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13985 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13989 Graphics Interchange Format
13990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13993 (GIF, file extension
13994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14007 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14015 Portable Network Graphics
14016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14019 (PNG, file extension
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14032 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14033 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14045 (JPG, file extension
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14071 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
14078 \begin_layout Description
14079 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14080 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14082 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14083 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14084 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14087 calable image formats can be
14088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14091 Scalable Vector Graphics
14092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14095 (SVG, file extension
14096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14109 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 Encapsulated PostScript
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14121 (EPS, file extension
14122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14135 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14143 Portable Document Format
14144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14147 (PDF, file extension
14148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14166 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14167 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14168 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14183 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14187 \begin_layout Section
14189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14195 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14203 \begin_layout Standard
14204 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14205 \begin_inset Graphics
14206 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14219 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14220 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14221 from the rest of the table.
14222 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14223 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14225 Here's an example table:
14228 \begin_layout Standard
14230 \begin_inset Tabular
14231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14237 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14241 \begin_layout Standard
14247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14250 \begin_layout Standard
14265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14284 <row topline="true">
14285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14306 \begin_layout Standard
14312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14331 <row topline="true">
14332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14335 \begin_layout Standard
14350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14353 \begin_layout Standard
14359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14375 \begin_layout Standard
14382 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14436 \begin_layout Subsection
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14442 brings up the table dialog.
14443 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14444 where the cursor is placed currently.
14445 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14446 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14447 done on all of your selection.
14450 \begin_layout Standard
14451 Additionally to the table dialog the
14456 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14458 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14459 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14460 delete lines via the table
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14470 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14471 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14472 current cell respectively.
14473 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14475 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14476 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14478 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14479 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14486 \begin_layout Standard
14487 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14493 This will merge the cells to
14497 cell, spread over more than one column.
14498 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14499 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14500 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14501 in the last row without the upper border:
14504 \begin_layout Standard
14506 \begin_inset Tabular
14507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14508 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14510 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14513 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14517 \begin_layout Standard
14523 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14526 \begin_layout Standard
14532 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14535 \begin_layout Standard
14541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14544 \begin_layout Standard
14551 <row topline="true">
14552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14555 \begin_layout Standard
14570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14598 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14602 \begin_layout Standard
14608 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14620 \begin_layout Standard
14626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14644 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14645 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14646 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14647 explained in the tables section of the
14649 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14653 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14654 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14657 degrees counterclockwise.
14658 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14661 \begin_layout Standard
14662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14665 \begin_layout Standard
14670 Most DVI-viewers are
14674 able to display rotations.
14682 \begin_layout Standard
14687 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14692 adds lines for all cell borders.
14695 \begin_layout Subsection
14697 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14698 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14722 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14723 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14726 \begin_layout Description
14731 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14732 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14733 except for the first page, if
14741 \begin_layout Description
14747 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14748 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14751 \begin_layout Description
14756 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14757 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14758 except for the last page, if
14766 \begin_layout Description
14772 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14773 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14777 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14778 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14779 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14780 The others will then be defined as
14785 In this context, first means first in this order:
14787 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14800 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14805 \begin_inset Tabular
14806 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14807 <features islongtable="true">
14808 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14809 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14810 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14811 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14812 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Standard
14818 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14842 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14843 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14846 \begin_layout Standard
14854 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14863 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14866 \begin_layout Standard
14875 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14876 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14887 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14896 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14906 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14907 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14918 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14927 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14939 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14940 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14951 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14960 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14970 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14985 \begin_layout Standard
14991 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14994 \begin_layout Standard
15001 <row bottomline="true">
15002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15005 \begin_layout Standard
15013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15025 \begin_layout Standard
15032 <row bottomline="true">
15033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15063 <row bottomline="true">
15064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15078 \begin_layout Standard
15084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15094 <row bottomline="true">
15095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15109 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15125 <row bottomline="true">
15126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15140 \begin_layout Standard
15146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15156 <row bottomline="true">
15157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15187 <row bottomline="true">
15188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15218 <row bottomline="true">
15219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15233 \begin_layout Standard
15239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15249 <row bottomline="true">
15250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15253 \begin_layout Standard
15261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15280 <row bottomline="true">
15281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15284 \begin_layout Standard
15292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15295 \begin_layout Standard
15301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15304 \begin_layout Standard
15311 <row bottomline="true">
15312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Standard
15342 <row bottomline="true">
15343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15373 <row bottomline="true">
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Standard
15385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Standard
15404 <row bottomline="true">
15405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15419 \begin_layout Standard
15425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15428 \begin_layout Standard
15435 <row bottomline="true">
15436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15450 \begin_layout Standard
15456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15459 \begin_layout Standard
15466 <row bottomline="true">
15467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15470 \begin_layout Standard
15478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15497 <row bottomline="true">
15498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15501 \begin_layout Standard
15509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15528 <row bottomline="true">
15529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15559 <row bottomline="true">
15560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15583 \begin_layout Standard
15590 <row bottomline="true">
15591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15621 <row bottomline="true">
15622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15636 \begin_layout Standard
15642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15652 <row bottomline="true">
15653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15656 \begin_layout Standard
15664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15667 \begin_layout Standard
15673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15676 \begin_layout Standard
15683 <row bottomline="true">
15684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15714 <row bottomline="true">
15715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Standard
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15745 <row bottomline="true">
15746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Standard
15757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15769 \begin_layout Standard
15776 <row bottomline="true">
15777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15791 \begin_layout Standard
15797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15800 \begin_layout Standard
15807 <row bottomline="true">
15808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15838 <row bottomline="true">
15839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15869 <row bottomline="true">
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15900 <row bottomline="true">
15901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15931 <row bottomline="true">
15932 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15941 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15950 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15960 <row bottomline="true">
15961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15975 \begin_layout Standard
15981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15991 <row bottomline="true">
15992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15995 \begin_layout Standard
16003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16022 <row bottomline="true">
16023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16053 <row bottomline="true">
16054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Standard
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16084 <row bottomline="true">
16085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16088 \begin_layout Standard
16096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16099 \begin_layout Standard
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16115 <row bottomline="true">
16116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16146 <row bottomline="true">
16147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16177 <row bottomline="true">
16178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16208 <row bottomline="true">
16209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Standard
16220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16223 \begin_layout Standard
16229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16239 <row bottomline="true">
16240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16254 \begin_layout Standard
16260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16263 \begin_layout Standard
16270 <row bottomline="true">
16271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Standard
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Standard
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16301 <row bottomline="true">
16302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16316 \begin_layout Standard
16322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Standard
16332 <row bottomline="true">
16333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Standard
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <row bottomline="true">
16364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16378 \begin_layout Standard
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Standard
16394 <row bottomline="true">
16395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Standard
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Standard
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16425 <row bottomline="true">
16426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Standard
16446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Standard
16456 <row bottomline="true">
16457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16460 \begin_layout Standard
16468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Standard
16477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16487 <row bottomline="true">
16488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Standard
16499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Standard
16508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16511 \begin_layout Standard
16518 <row bottomline="true">
16519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16533 \begin_layout Standard
16539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16542 \begin_layout Standard
16549 <row bottomline="true">
16550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16553 \begin_layout Standard
16561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Standard
16570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16573 \begin_layout Standard
16580 <row bottomline="true">
16581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16595 \begin_layout Standard
16601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16611 <row bottomline="true">
16612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16642 <row bottomline="true">
16643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16646 \begin_layout Standard
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Standard
16673 <row bottomline="true">
16674 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16697 \begin_layout Standard
16704 <row bottomline="true">
16705 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16719 \begin_layout Standard
16725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16735 <row bottomline="true">
16736 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Standard
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16766 <row bottomline="true">
16767 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Standard
16787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16797 <row bottomline="true">
16798 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Standard
16828 <row bottomline="true">
16829 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Standard
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Standard
16859 <row bottomline="true">
16860 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Standard
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Standard
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16890 <row bottomline="true">
16891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Standard
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16921 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16922 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Standard
16933 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Standard
16942 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16959 \begin_layout Subsection
16961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16962 name "Tables ! Cells"
16967 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16968 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16975 \begin_layout Standard
16976 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16977 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16978 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16979 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16983 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16984 for the cell's paragraph.
16987 \begin_layout Standard
16988 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16989 for the column in the table dialog.
16990 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16991 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16995 \begin_layout Standard
16997 \begin_inset Tabular
16998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17001 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17003 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Standard
17022 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Standard
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Standard
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Standard
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Standard
17091 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Standard
17115 <row bottomline="true">
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Standard
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17147 This is longer now.
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Standard
17171 <row bottomline="true">
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Standard
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Standard
17203 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17204 This is longer now.
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17235 \begin_layout Standard
17236 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17237 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17238 Selection with the mouse or with
17242 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17243 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17244 the selection from outside the table.
17247 \begin_layout Section
17249 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17255 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17263 \begin_layout Standard
17264 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17265 have a fixed location.
17267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17274 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17281 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17284 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17285 too much notes at the page.
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17290 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17291 and pages without text.
17292 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17293 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17294 Floats are therefore numbered.
17295 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17297 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17298 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17305 \begin_layout Standard
17306 To insert a float, use the menu
17308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17312 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17318 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17323 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17324 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17326 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17328 name "Floats ! Captions"
17332 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17333 paragraph within the float.
17334 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17335 by left-clicking on the box label.
17336 A closed float box looks like this:
17337 \begin_inset Graphics
17338 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17345 -- a gray button with a red label.
17348 \begin_layout Standard
17349 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17350 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17353 \begin_layout Subsection
17357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17359 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17360 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17365 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17366 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17373 \begin_layout Standard
17376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17377 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17380 inserts a float with the label
17381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17386 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17394 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17395 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17396 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17398 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17399 reference "cap:Platypus"
17404 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17405 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17406 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17408 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17409 reference "cap:Escher"
17416 \begin_layout Standard
17417 \begin_inset Float figure
17422 \begin_layout Standard
17424 \begin_inset Graphics
17425 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17430 rotateOrigin center
17437 \begin_layout Standard
17438 \begin_inset Caption
17440 \begin_layout Standard
17441 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17442 name "cap:Platypus"
17446 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17459 \begin_layout Standard
17460 \begin_inset Float figure
17465 \begin_layout Standard
17466 \begin_inset Caption
17468 \begin_layout Standard
17469 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17483 \begin_layout Standard
17485 \begin_inset Graphics
17486 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17491 rotateOrigin center
17503 \begin_layout Standard
17504 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17506 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17509 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17513 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17518 and refer to it using the menu
17520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17524 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17533 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17547 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17548 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17554 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17558 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17559 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17561 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17562 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17566 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17567 You can also set the images one below the other.
17570 \begin_layout Standard
17571 \begin_inset Float figure
17576 \begin_layout Standard
17580 \begin_inset Graphics
17581 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17586 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17593 \begin_inset Graphics
17594 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17600 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17609 \begin_layout Standard
17610 \begin_inset Caption
17612 \begin_layout Standard
17613 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17614 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17618 Two distorted images.
17631 \begin_layout Standard
17632 Note that the caption is added to the
17638 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17640 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17641 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17650 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17651 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17656 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17657 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17664 \begin_layout Standard
17665 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17668 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17672 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17676 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17677 reference "cap:Table-float"
17681 is an example of a table float.
17684 \begin_layout Standard
17685 \begin_inset Float table
17690 \begin_layout Standard
17691 \begin_inset Caption
17693 \begin_layout Standard
17694 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17695 name "cap:Table-float"
17707 \begin_layout Standard
17709 \begin_inset Tabular
17710 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17715 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Standard
17734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17737 \begin_layout Standard
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Standard
17771 <row topline="true">
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Standard
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Standard
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17827 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Standard
17841 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17862 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17864 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Standard
17885 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17909 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17917 This float type is inserted with the menu
17919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17920 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17924 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17925 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17929 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17931 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17932 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17939 \begin_layout Standard
17940 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17943 \begin_layout Standard
17948 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17954 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17957 \begin_layout Standard
17962 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17966 \begin_layout Standard
17967 to the document preamble (menu
17969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17996 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
18001 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18002 name "sec:floatflt"
18009 \begin_layout Standard
18010 This float type is used if you want to
18011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18018 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
18020 It can be inserted using the menu
18021 \begin_inset Wrap figure
18026 \begin_layout Standard
18027 \begin_inset Graphics
18028 filename clipart/mobius.eps
18033 rotateOrigin center
18040 \begin_layout Standard
18041 \begin_inset Caption
18043 \begin_layout Standard
18044 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18045 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18049 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
18051 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18067 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18072 if the LaTeX-package
18077 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18078 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
18086 \begin_layout Standard
18087 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18097 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18099 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18101 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18102 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18106 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18107 wrap float with a width of 40
18108 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18115 \begin_layout Standard
18116 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18118 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18119 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18128 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18132 \begin_layout Standard
18137 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18138 If you need this, read the documentation of
18143 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18151 \begin_layout Standard
18152 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18155 \begin_layout Standard
18161 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18162 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18163 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18164 over some other text.
18168 \begin_layout Standard
18169 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18174 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18175 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18183 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18196 \begin_layout Itemize
18197 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18198 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18199 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18200 breaks will appear.
18203 \begin_layout Itemize
18204 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18205 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18208 \begin_layout Itemize
18209 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18210 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18213 \begin_layout Itemize
18214 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18217 \begin_layout Subsection
18219 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18220 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18226 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18233 \begin_layout Standard
18234 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18235 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18238 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18244 \begin_layout Standard
18245 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18246 a two-column document).
18247 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18248 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18255 \begin_layout Standard
18256 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18257 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18260 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18264 is an example of a rotated table float.
18267 \begin_layout Standard
18268 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18276 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18284 \begin_layout Standard
18285 \begin_inset Float table
18290 \begin_layout Standard
18291 \begin_inset Caption
18293 \begin_layout Standard
18294 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18295 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18307 \begin_layout Standard
18309 \begin_inset Tabular
18310 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18317 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Standard
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Standard
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Standard
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Standard
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Standard
18376 \begin_layout Subsection
18378 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18379 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18385 name "Floats ! Placement"
18392 \begin_layout Standard
18393 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18394 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18401 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18402 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18407 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18410 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18412 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18413 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18420 \begin_layout Standard
18421 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18422 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18425 default\InsetSpace ~
18431 \begin_layout Description
18434 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18437 \begin_layout Description
18440 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18443 \begin_layout Description
18444 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18446 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18449 \begin_layout Description
18452 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18455 \begin_layout Standard
18456 The order of the above option is
18461 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18474 , and then the others.
18475 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18477 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18478 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18481 \begin_layout Standard
18482 By default, each options has its own rules:
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18492 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18493 % of the page can be placed at the top
18497 \begin_layout Standard
18500 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18504 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18505 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18509 \begin_layout Standard
18516 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18517 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18518 can be set together on a page.
18521 \begin_layout Standard
18522 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18525 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18532 \begin_layout Standard
18533 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18534 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18535 For this case you can use the option
18541 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18543 Because the float is then no longer able to
18544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18551 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18554 \begin_layout Standard
18555 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18556 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18559 \begin_layout Standard
18560 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18562 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18563 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18570 \begin_layout Section
18572 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18578 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18579 name "sec:Minipages"
18586 \begin_layout Standard
18587 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18589 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18594 \begin_layout Standard
18595 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18601 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18602 and its alignment within the page.
18605 \begin_layout Standard
18607 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18616 height_special "totalheight"
18619 \begin_layout Standard
18622 This is a minipage.
18623 The text is set in an italic style.
18626 \begin_layout Standard
18629 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18630 another formatting.
18638 \begin_layout Standard
18639 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18642 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18646 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18648 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18649 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18654 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18660 \begin_layout Standard
18661 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18670 height_special "totalheight"
18673 \begin_layout Standard
18674 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18675 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18683 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18692 height_special "totalheight"
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18697 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18705 \begin_layout Standard
18706 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18712 \begin_layout Standard
18713 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18714 to other box types.
18715 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18726 \begin_layout Chapter
18727 Mathematical Formulas
18728 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18734 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18735 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18740 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18741 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18748 \begin_layout Section
18750 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18751 name "Math ! Basics"
18758 \begin_layout Standard
18759 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18760 \begin_inset Graphics
18761 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18768 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18770 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18771 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18772 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18780 \begin_layout Standard
18781 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18787 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18791 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18792 line, like this one:
18795 \begin_layout Standard
18796 This is a line with an inline formula
18797 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18803 \begin_layout Standard
18804 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18806 \begin_inset Formula \[
18811 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18814 \begin_layout Standard
18815 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18831 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18832 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18836 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18844 \begin_layout Subsection
18845 Navigating in Formulas
18846 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18847 name "Math ! Navigating"
18854 \begin_layout Standard
18855 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18856 achieved with the arrow keys.
18857 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18858 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18863 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18864 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18868 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18872 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18874 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18882 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18887 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18888 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18896 , printed in this document as
18897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18918 \begin_inset Note Note
18921 \begin_layout Standard
18922 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18923 space character (visible space).
18928 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18929 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18930 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18935 For example, if you want
18936 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18947 \begin_layout Standard
18966 \begin_layout Standard
18979 \begin_layout Standard
18990 , since in the latter case only the
18993 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18998 will be under the square root sign:
18999 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19006 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19008 \begin_inset Formula \[
19009 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19012 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
19016 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19017 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19020 \begin_layout Subsection
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19025 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19026 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19030 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19031 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19032 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19033 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
19034 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
19037 \begin_layout Subsection
19038 Exponents and Subscripts
19039 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19040 name "Math ! Exponents"
19045 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19046 name "Math ! Subscripts"
19053 \begin_layout Standard
19054 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
19055 way is to use a command.
19057 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19060 , type in a formula
19066 \begin_layout Standard
19082 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19088 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
19092 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19113 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19122 , you have to use an extra
19126 to separate the hat and the character.
19129 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19150 Subscripts are similar: To get
19151 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19160 \begin_layout Standard
19174 \begin_layout Subsection
19176 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19177 name "Math ! Fractions"
19184 \begin_layout Standard
19185 Create a fraction with either the command
19192 \begin_inset Graphics
19193 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19206 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19207 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19208 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19213 To move back up, press
19218 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19219 \begin_inset Formula \[
19220 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19222 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19229 \begin_layout Subsection
19231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19232 name "Math ! Roots"
19239 \begin_layout Standard
19240 Roots can be created using the
19246 \begin_inset Graphics
19247 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19272 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19278 produces always a square root.
19281 \begin_layout Subsection
19282 Operators with Limits
19283 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19289 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19290 name "Math ! Integrals"
19295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19296 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19303 \begin_layout Standard
19305 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19309 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19312 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19313 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19314 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19315 The sum operator will automatically place its
19316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19323 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19326 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19330 \begin_inset Formula \[
19331 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19335 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19339 \begin_layout Standard
19340 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19342 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19343 behind the operator and hitting
19349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19350 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19351 Change\InsetSpace ~
19352 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19358 \begin_layout Standard
19359 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19367 feature as addition, such as
19368 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19369 name "Math ! Limits"
19374 \begin_inset Formula \[
19375 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19379 which will place the
19380 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19392 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19393 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19399 \begin_layout Standard
19400 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19407 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19409 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19410 reference "sub:Functions"
19414 for an explanation of function macros.
19417 \begin_layout Subsection
19419 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19420 name "Math ! Symbols"
19427 \begin_layout Standard
19428 Most math symbols can be found in the
19433 under one of several categories; including
19450 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19454 \begin_layout Standard
19455 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19456 you don't have to use the
19461 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19462 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19465 \begin_layout Subsection
19467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19468 name "Math ! Spaces"
19473 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19474 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19481 \begin_layout Standard
19482 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19494 \begin_inset Graphics
19495 filename ../images/math/space.png
19502 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19503 Here a example for the sequence
19508 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19512 \begin_inset Graphics
19513 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19520 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19521 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19522 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19523 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19528 \begin_layout Standard
19538 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19544 \begin_layout Standard
19554 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19560 \begin_layout Subsection
19562 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19563 name "Math ! Functions"
19568 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19569 name "sub:Functions"
19576 \begin_layout Standard
19582 contains under the button
19583 \begin_inset Graphics
19584 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19590 a number of functions, such as
19591 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19595 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19603 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19610 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19611 avoid confusions, because
19612 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19616 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19625 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19629 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19635 \begin_layout Standard
19636 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19637 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19639 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19640 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19647 \begin_layout Subsection
19649 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19650 name "Math ! Accents"
19657 \begin_layout Standard
19658 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19660 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19661 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19663 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19666 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19667 Our example is entered by typing
19675 \begin_layout Standard
19689 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19690 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19694 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19697 \begin_layout Standard
19698 \begin_inset Float table
19703 \begin_layout Standard
19704 \begin_inset Caption
19706 \begin_layout Standard
19707 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19708 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19712 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19720 \begin_layout Standard
19722 \begin_inset Tabular
19723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19728 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Standard
19747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Standard
19766 <row topline="true">
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Standard
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Standard
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Standard
19811 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19820 <row topline="true">
19821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Standard
19839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19842 \begin_layout Standard
19852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Standard
19865 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19874 <row topline="true">
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Standard
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Standard
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19919 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19928 <row topline="true">
19929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Standard
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Standard
19960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Standard
19973 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19982 <row topline="true">
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Standard
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Standard
20014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20017 \begin_layout Standard
20027 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20036 <row topline="true">
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20058 \begin_layout Standard
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Standard
20081 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
20090 <row topline="true">
20091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20094 \begin_layout Standard
20109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20112 \begin_layout Standard
20122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20125 \begin_layout Standard
20135 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20144 <row topline="true">
20145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Standard
20163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20166 \begin_layout Standard
20176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Standard
20189 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20198 <row topline="true">
20199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20202 \begin_layout Standard
20217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Standard
20230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20233 \begin_layout Standard
20243 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20252 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20256 \begin_layout Standard
20262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Standard
20288 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20309 \begin_layout Standard
20310 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20316 \begin_inset Graphics
20317 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20323 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20327 \begin_layout Section
20328 Brackets and Delimiters
20329 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20330 name "Math ! Brackets"
20335 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20336 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20341 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20342 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20350 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20351 For most purposes, using just the keys
20356 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20357 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20363 \begin_inset Graphics
20364 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20371 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20373 \begin_inset Formula \[
20374 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20376 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20380 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20381 \begin_inset Formula \[
20382 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20391 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20394 \begin_layout Standard
20395 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20396 left side and right side.
20397 If you use the option
20402 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20403 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20404 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20405 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20408 \begin_layout Standard
20409 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20410 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20411 inside the brackets.
20412 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20417 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20432 \begin_layout Section
20434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20435 name "Math ! Grouping"
20440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20441 name "sec:Grouping"
20448 \begin_layout Standard
20449 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20450 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20461 \begin_layout Standard
20462 \begin_inset Formula \[
20463 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20470 \begin_layout Standard
20471 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20486 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20487 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20488 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20491 \begin_layout Section
20492 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20494 name "Math ! Arrays"
20499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20500 name "Math ! Matrices"
20505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20506 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20520 \begin_inset Graphics
20521 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20528 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20529 Here is an example:
20530 \begin_inset Formula \[
20531 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20534 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20538 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20540 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20541 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20546 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20547 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20548 This alignment is set in the box
20553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20601 for every column as default.
20602 For example, the sequence
20603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20614 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20615 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20616 corresponds to the relevant column.
20617 The result will look like this:
20618 \begin_inset Formula \[
20620 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20621 column & has & has\, right\\
20622 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20634 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20635 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20643 \begin_layout Standard
20644 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20645 It can be created with the menu
20647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20648 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20660 \begin_inset Formula \[
20664 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20671 \begin_layout Standard
20672 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20675 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20683 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20692 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20700 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20701 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20702 A new row is created by every further hit of
20710 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20711 Here is an example:
20712 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20713 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20714 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20718 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20719 where you want to start the shift and hit
20724 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20725 position to the next column.
20726 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20727 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20728 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20729 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20736 \begin_layout Standard
20737 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20744 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20745 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20746 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20747 reference "eq:asquared"
20752 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20754 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20755 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20762 \begin_layout Section
20763 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20764 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20765 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20770 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20771 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20776 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20777 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20785 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20787 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20788 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20789 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20798 The formula number appears in LyX as
20799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20806 within parentheses.
20808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20815 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20817 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20818 the document class.
20819 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20820 separated by a dot:
20821 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20822 1+1=2\end{equation}
20831 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20832 You can only number displayed formulas.
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20838 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20839 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20840 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20841 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20850 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20851 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20853 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20854 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20858 To number all lines use the shortcut
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20867 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20870 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20871 A label is inserted with the menu
20873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20876 when the cursor is in the formula.
20877 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20878 It is recommended to use the proposed
20879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20890 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20891 type when you have many labels in your document.
20892 We inserted in the following example the label
20893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20900 in the second line:
20901 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20902 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20903 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20907 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20908 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20918 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20925 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20926 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20927 as the formula number:
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20933 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20940 \begin_layout Standard
20941 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20943 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20944 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20949 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20955 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20960 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20968 \begin_layout Section
20969 User defined math macros
20970 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20971 name "Math ! Macros"
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20980 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20981 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20984 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20985 \begin_inset Formula \[
20986 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20990 The general form of its solution is:
20991 \begin_inset Formula \[
20992 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20999 \begin_layout Standard
21000 The macro should print the parameters
21001 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
21005 \begin_inset Formula $p$
21009 \begin_inset Formula $q$
21012 like in the equation above.
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21016 A macro is created by executing the command
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21026 \begin_layout Standard
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21048 Number\InsetSpace ~
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
21055 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
21056 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
21057 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 We have three arguments and name the macro
21063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21070 , so that the command is:
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21093 \begin_layout Standard
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 This results in the following macro definition box:
21107 \begin_inset Graphics
21108 filename clipart/macrobox.png
21115 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21116 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21117 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
21121 \begin_inset Note Note
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21125 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
21126 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21134 \begin_layout Standard
21135 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21136 the math panel or commands.
21137 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21138 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21149 for the first argument.
21150 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21151 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21152 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21153 in LyX with its full size.
21154 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21155 In our example we insert the sequence
21185 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21188 \begin_layout Standard
21189 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21204 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21209 \begin_inset Graphics
21210 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21221 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21222 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21223 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21224 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21229 to the new definition.
21230 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21231 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21235 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21239 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21243 \begin_inset Formula \[
21244 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21256 \begin_layout Standard
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21290 \begin_layout Standard
21301 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21306 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21307 definition box in your document.
21308 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21310 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21312 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21317 \begin_layout Section
21321 \begin_layout Subsection
21323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21324 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21331 \begin_layout Standard
21332 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21333 To set a font in a formula, use the
21339 \begin_inset Graphics
21340 filename ../images/math/font.png
21346 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21348 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21349 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357 \begin_inset Float table
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 \begin_inset Caption
21365 \begin_layout Standard
21366 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21367 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21371 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21379 \begin_layout Standard
21381 \begin_inset Tabular
21382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21386 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21390 \begin_layout Standard
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21406 <row topline="true">
21407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21417 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21439 <row topline="true">
21440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21455 \begin_layout Standard
21466 <row topline="true">
21467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21482 \begin_layout Standard
21493 <row topline="true">
21494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21504 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21526 <row topline="true">
21527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21530 \begin_layout Standard
21531 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21542 \begin_layout Standard
21553 <row topline="true">
21554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21569 \begin_layout Standard
21580 <row topline="true">
21581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21584 \begin_layout Standard
21592 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21603 \begin_layout Standard
21614 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21653 \begin_layout Standard
21654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21662 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21680 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21685 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21686 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21687 Here an example where a
21688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21699 denotes the set of numbers:
21700 \begin_inset Formula \[
21701 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21708 \begin_layout Standard
21709 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21720 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21725 So better don't use this feature.
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21730 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21735 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21741 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21742 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21748 \begin_layout Standard
21755 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21758 \begin_layout Standard
21759 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21762 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21769 \begin_layout Subsection
21771 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21779 \begin_layout Standard
21780 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21782 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21785 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21795 \begin_inset Graphics
21796 filename ../images/math/font.png
21802 (alternatively the shortcut
21808 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21809 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21810 Here is an example:
21811 \begin_inset Formula \[
21813 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21814 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21821 \begin_layout Subsection
21823 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21824 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21831 \begin_layout Standard
21832 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21833 automatically chosen in most situations.
21851 For most characters,
21859 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21860 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21865 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21866 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21867 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21868 \begin_inset Graphics
21869 filename ../images/math/style.png
21876 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21877 For example, you can set
21878 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21881 , which is normally in
21890 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21894 The four styles are used in the following example:
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21898 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21902 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21906 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21910 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21916 \begin_layout Standard
21917 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21918 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21924 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21925 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21926 will be adjusted to correspond.
21927 As example a formula in the font size
21928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21942 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21948 \begin_layout Section
21950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21956 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21964 \begin_layout Standard
21965 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21966 (AMS) that are in common use.
21969 \begin_layout Subsection
21970 Enabling AMS-Support
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 Selecting the checkbox
21983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21988 name "Document ! Settings"
21997 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21999 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
22000 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
22003 \begin_layout Subsection
22005 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22006 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22011 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22012 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
22021 LyX allows you to choose between
22042 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
22045 \begin_layout Chapter
22049 \begin_layout Section
22051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22052 name "Cross references"
22057 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22058 name "sec:Cross-References"
22065 \begin_layout Standard
22066 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
22067 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
22069 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
22070 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
22071 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
22074 \begin_layout Enumerate
22078 \begin_layout Enumerate
22079 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22080 name "enu:Second-item"
22087 \begin_layout Enumerate
22091 \begin_layout Standard
22092 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
22094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22097 or the by pressing the toolbar button
22098 \begin_inset Graphics
22099 filename ../images/label-insert.png
22107 A grey label box like this:
22108 \begin_inset Graphics
22109 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
22116 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
22117 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
22119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22152 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22153 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22168 \begin_layout Standard
22169 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22174 or the toolbar button
22175 \begin_inset Graphics
22176 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22184 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22185 \begin_inset Graphics
22186 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22193 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22195 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22208 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22210 Here is our cross-reference:
22213 \begin_layout Standard
22216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22217 reference "enu:Second-item"
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 It is recommended to use a protected space
22229 \begin_layout Standard
22230 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22232 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22233 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22242 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22250 \begin_layout Description
22251 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22252 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22253 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22260 \begin_layout Description
22261 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22262 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22272 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22273 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22280 \begin_layout Description
22281 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22283 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22284 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22291 \begin_layout Description
22294 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22295 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22296 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22303 \begin_layout Description
22304 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22307 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22309 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22310 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22317 \begin_layout Description
22318 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22319 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22322 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22330 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22334 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22348 \begin_layout Standard
22349 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22350 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22351 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22369 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22370 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22371 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22375 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22380 You can only use the style
22384 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22388 is always possible.
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22392 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22393 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22394 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22395 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22398 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22412 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22413 The button text changes then to
22418 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22419 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22420 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22424 \begin_layout Standard
22425 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22426 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22427 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22430 \begin_layout Standard
22431 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22432 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22435 \begin_layout Standard
22436 References are described in detail in the
22443 \begin_layout Section
22444 Table of Contents and other Listings
22445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22446 name "Table of contents"
22451 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22457 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22465 \begin_layout Subsection
22466 Table of Contents and Outline
22467 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22468 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22475 \begin_layout Standard
22476 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22479 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22485 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22486 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22487 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22488 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22495 \begin_layout Standard
22496 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22497 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22498 in section\InsetSpace ~
22500 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22501 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22505 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22506 Section\InsetSpace ~
22508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22509 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22513 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22515 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22516 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22517 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22523 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22531 \begin_layout Subsection
22532 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22533 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22543 You can insert them via the
22545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22551 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22554 \begin_layout Section
22555 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22556 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22562 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 It is often desirable to include long
22572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22579 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22580 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22581 to typeset properly.
22582 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22583 resulting in an overfull line.
22584 To avoid this, use the menu
22586 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22589 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22593 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22597 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22602 \begin_layout Standard
22603 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22604 name "LyX-Homepage"
22605 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22612 \begin_layout Standard
22613 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22623 \begin_layout Itemize
22624 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22625 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22639 \begin_layout Itemize
22640 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22643 \begin_layout Section
22645 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22651 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22652 name "sec:Appendices"
22659 \begin_layout Standard
22660 Appendices are created with the menu
22662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22664 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22668 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22669 as appendix region.
22670 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22673 \begin_layout Standard
22674 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22675 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22676 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22677 and the subsection number.
22678 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22682 \begin_layout Standard
22683 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22685 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22686 reference "cha:Credits"
22690 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22692 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22693 reference "sub:Export"
22700 \begin_layout Section
22702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22703 name "Bibliography"
22708 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22709 name "sec:Bibliography"
22716 \begin_layout Standard
22717 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22718 You can include a bibliography database
22722 \begin_layout Standard
22723 Known under the name
22724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22736 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22738 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22742 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22744 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22745 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22757 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22759 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22768 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22770 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22779 , a short form of its title, as key.
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22788 or the toobar button
22789 \begin_inset Graphics
22790 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22798 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22799 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22800 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22801 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22805 \begin_layout Standard
22806 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22807 with surrounding brackets.
22812 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22813 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22828 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22831 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22832 key "latexcompanion"
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22841 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22849 \begin_layout Subsection
22850 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22852 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22857 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22858 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22863 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22864 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22872 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22874 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22876 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22877 your working field in a database.
22878 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22879 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 The database is a text file with the file extension
22884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22895 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22896 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22897 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22898 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22903 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22907 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22908 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22914 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22917 \begin_layout Standard
22918 To use a database, use the menu
22920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22925 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22941 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22942 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22958 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22959 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22960 take care of the layout.
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22964 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22968 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22974 \begin_layout Standard
22975 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22977 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22988 \begin_layout Standard
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23014 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23023 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
23031 the two methods of creating them.
23032 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
23033 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
23034 We used the style file
23038 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
23041 \begin_layout Subsection
23042 Bibliography layout
23043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23044 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
23051 \begin_layout Standard
23052 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
23053 For this feature you need to use the option
23059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23063 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23064 name "Document ! Settings"
23073 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
23074 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
23075 in the previous section.
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23079 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
23080 in the citation reference window.
23081 Here an example where we set the text
23082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23085 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
23087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23090 to appear after the reference:
23093 \begin_layout Standard
23095 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23097 key "latexcompanion"
23104 \begin_layout Section
23106 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23107 name "Index generation"
23112 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23120 \begin_layout Standard
23121 An index entry is created if you use the menu
23123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23127 or the toolbar button
23128 \begin_inset Graphics
23129 filename ../images/index-insert.png
23132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23149 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23150 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23151 by LyX as index entry.
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23158 \begin_layout Standard
23163 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23164 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23169 Therefore you cannot insert
23172 \begin_layout Standard
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179 to an index entry field, because the
23180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23187 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23189 The correct entry is
23192 \begin_layout Standard
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23202 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23203 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23204 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23206 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23207 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23214 \begin_layout Standard
23215 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23224 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23229 A light blue box labeled
23230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23241 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23242 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23245 \begin_layout Subsection
23246 Grouping Index Entries
23247 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23248 name "Index ! Grouping"
23255 \begin_layout Standard
23256 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23258 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23259 lists under the entry
23260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23268 First we create the entry
23269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23276 in section\InsetSpace ~
23278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23279 reference "sub:Lists"
23284 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23286 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23287 reference "sec:Itemize"
23291 , we insert the command
23294 \begin_layout Standard
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23310 \begin_layout Standard
23311 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23313 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23314 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23322 The exclamation mark
23323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23330 marks the grouping levels.
23331 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23332 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23333 If we don't have an index entry for
23334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23341 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23344 \begin_layout Subsection
23346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23347 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23354 \begin_layout Standard
23355 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23357 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23358 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23359 in section\InsetSpace ~
23361 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23362 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23369 \begin_layout Standard
23372 Paragraph environments|(
23375 \begin_layout Standard
23376 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23378 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23379 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23386 \begin_layout Standard
23389 Paragraph environments|)
23392 \begin_layout Standard
23394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23417 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23418 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23419 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23420 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23421 An example is the index entry
23422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23425 Document ! Settings
23426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23432 \begin_layout Subsection
23434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23435 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23442 \begin_layout Standard
23443 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23444 We referred for example in the index entry
23445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23452 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23454 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23455 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23459 ) to the index entry
23460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23467 in the same section using the command
23470 \begin_layout Standard
23473 GIF|see{Image formats}
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23478 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23481 \begin_layout Subsection
23483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23484 name "Index ! Entry order"
23491 \begin_layout Standard
23492 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23493 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23494 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23499 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23500 section\InsetSpace ~
23502 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23503 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23512 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23513 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23538 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23539 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23544 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23545 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23550 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23551 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23555 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23556 order maïs, maison, maître.
23557 To achieve this, we use the command
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23563 previous entry@current entry
23566 \begin_layout Standard
23567 In our case we want to have
23568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23583 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23586 \begin_layout Standard
23592 \begin_layout Standard
23593 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23594 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23598 \begin_layout Subsection
23600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23601 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23608 \begin_layout Standard
23609 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23610 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23613 \begin_layout Standard
23618 textit{This is an italic entry}
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23628 produces the italic layout.
23629 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23630 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23634 We refer to LaTeX books (
23635 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23636 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23640 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23641 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23642 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23651 textit{This is an italic entry}
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23655 You can also format the page number using the character
23656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23663 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23664 We can write for example
23667 \begin_layout Standard
23670 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23673 \begin_layout Standard
23674 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23675 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23676 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23680 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23697 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23701 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23703 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23704 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23708 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23712 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23714 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23715 for all index entries.
23718 \begin_layout Subsection
23720 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23721 name "Index ! Program"
23726 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23727 name "sub:Index-Program"
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23735 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23740 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23741 see section\InsetSpace ~
23743 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23744 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23749 The available options are listed and explained in
23750 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23758 \begin_layout Standard
23759 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23767 \begin_layout Section
23768 Nomenclature / Glossary
23769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23770 name "Nomenclature"
23775 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23776 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23781 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23782 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23789 \begin_layout Standard
23790 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23791 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23796 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23799 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23800 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23807 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23808 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23813 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23817 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23818 and then use the menu
23820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23825 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23828 or the toobar button
23829 \begin_inset Graphics
23830 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23850 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23854 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23855 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23856 The second is the description of the symbol.
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23868 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23869 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23877 \begin_layout Subsection
23878 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23879 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23880 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23887 \begin_layout Standard
23888 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23892 field as LaTeX-formula.
23894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23898 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23923 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23924 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23936 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23947 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23949 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23950 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23957 \begin_layout Standard
23963 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23964 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23976 in this document is:
23980 dummy entry for the character
24002 font use the command
24031 \begin_layout Subsection
24032 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
24033 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24034 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
24041 \begin_layout Standard
24042 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
24043 the symbol definition.
24044 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
24045 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
24048 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
24050 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
24057 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24061 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
24064 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
24069 They will be sorted by
24070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24096 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24099 will be sorted before the
24103 since the character
24104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24111 is considered in sorting.
24114 \begin_layout Standard
24115 To control the sort order, you can edit the
24120 field of the nomenclature dialog.
24121 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
24123 For the given example, you can insert
24127 to this field for the
24128 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24135 will be located before
24136 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24142 \begin_layout Standard
24143 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
24148 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24156 \begin_layout Subsection
24157 Nomenclature Options
24158 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24159 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24166 \begin_layout Standard
24171 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24172 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24175 \begin_layout Description
24176 refeq Appends the phrase
24177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24192 to every nomenclature entry, where
24198 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24201 \begin_layout Description
24202 refpage Appends the phrase
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24218 to every nomenclature entry, where
24224 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24227 \begin_layout Description
24228 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24231 \begin_layout Standard
24232 There are furthermore the options
24276 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24280 \begin_layout Standard
24281 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24282 class options list in the
24284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24288 In this document the options
24299 \begin_layout Standard
24300 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24306 \begin_layout Standard
24307 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24308 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24313 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24316 \begin_layout Description
24326 \begin_layout Description
24329 nomrefpage Like the
24336 \begin_layout Description
24339 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24348 \begin_layout Description
24351 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24354 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24357 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24360 \begin_layout Subsection
24361 Printing the Nomenclature
24362 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24363 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24370 \begin_layout Standard
24371 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24376 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24380 A light blue box labeled
24381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24392 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24393 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24406 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24414 For example, in order to change the name to
24418 , add the following line to the preamble:
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24429 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24433 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24441 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24452 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24455 \begin_layout Standard
24458 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24460 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24461 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24466 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24470 \begin_layout Section
24472 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24479 name "Document ! Branches"
24484 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24485 name "sec:Branches"
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24493 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24494 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24495 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24496 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24501 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24502 To create a branch, go in the
24504 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24512 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24513 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24517 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24518 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24523 where you can choose a branch.
24524 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24528 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24529 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24533 \begin_inset Branch Question
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24537 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24545 \begin_layout Standard
24546 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24550 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24558 \begin_layout Section
24559 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24560 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24568 \begin_layout Subsection
24570 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24577 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24586 constructs, but not all.
24587 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24588 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24589 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24590 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24591 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24592 and their commands.
24595 \begin_layout Standard
24596 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24606 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24607 An ERT box is created by the menu
24609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24612 or by the toolbar button
24613 \begin_inset Graphics
24614 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24621 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24634 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24635 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24646 \begin_layout Standard
24647 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24648 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24649 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24656 , you can write the command part
24662 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24666 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24667 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24672 \begin_inset Graphics
24673 filename clipart/ERT.png
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 This is a line with a
24692 \begin_layout Standard
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24715 \begin_layout Standard
24716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24719 \begin_layout Standard
24724 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24725 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24733 \begin_layout Subsection
24734 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24735 \begin_inset OptArg
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24745 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24746 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24751 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24752 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24759 \begin_layout Standard
24760 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24761 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24762 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24771 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24772 every time if you know the right commands.
24774 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24775 the end of the day.
24776 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24777 all caption labels bold.
24778 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24780 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24785 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24786 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24788 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 As result you know that the package
24802 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24803 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24808 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24821 usepackage[options]{package name}
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24826 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24827 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24830 \begin_layout Standard
24831 In your case the package name is
24836 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24841 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24842 So you add the command
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24850 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24854 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 For more commands provided by the
24863 package, have a look at its documentation,
24864 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24880 For example if you use a
24884 class, you don't need the package
24888 , you can instead write
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24896 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24903 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24904 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24911 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24916 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24918 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24925 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24926 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24934 \begin_layout Section
24935 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24937 name "Instant preview"
24942 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24943 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24949 name "Document ! Preview"
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24958 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24959 to break your train of thought with
24961 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24969 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24972 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24973 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24979 as explained below, and turn on
24981 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24986 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24993 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24999 \begin_layout Standard
25000 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25002 Previews of an already loaded document are
25006 generated just by selecting the
25008 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25011 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25016 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
25021 check box in the insert dialog.
25022 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25026 \begin_layout Standard
25027 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25031 (on some systems named simply
25036 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25037 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25042 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25043 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25051 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25055 \begin_layout Standard
25056 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25063 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25067 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25071 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25072 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25074 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25075 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25076 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25077 the source view window.
25080 \begin_layout Section
25082 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25083 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25089 name "Spell checking"
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25098 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25115 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25121 can be seen as successor of
25125 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25130 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25131 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25139 \begin_layout Standard
25140 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25141 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25151 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25154 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25155 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25156 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25157 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25158 scrolled so that it is visible.
25163 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25165 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25169 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25170 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25174 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25181 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25182 will bring an error message.
25183 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25184 specifying a different
25186 Alternative language
25188 in preferences dialog.
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25195 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25200 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25201 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25203 But you can use the
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25214 This does work with
25218 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25221 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25230 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25233 \begin_layout Description
25234 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25235 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25236 checker should consider, e.g.
25237 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25238 This should not normally be needed.
25241 \begin_layout Description
25242 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25243 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25244 choice as your personal dictionary
25247 \begin_layout Description
25248 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25249 compound\InsetSpace ~
25250 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25262 \begin_layout Description
25265 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25274 also for the spellchecker.
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25281 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25282 reference "sub:Settings"
25291 Only enable this if you use
25295 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25296 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25297 so this is disabled by default.
25300 \begin_layout Section
25302 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25308 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25309 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25324 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25327 or the toolbar button
25328 \begin_inset Graphics
25329 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25333 rotateOrigin center
25338 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25342 \begin_layout Standard
25343 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25344 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25345 cases to find related words.
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25349 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25351 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25359 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25368 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25387 \begin_layout Section
25389 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25390 name "Change Tracking"
25395 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25396 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25401 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25402 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25410 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25411 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25412 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25413 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25416 Change\InsetSpace ~
25417 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25425 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25434 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25446 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25456 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25471 \begin_inset Graphics
25472 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25501 \begin_inset Tabular
25502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25503 <features islongtable="true">
25504 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25505 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 \begin_inset Graphics
25512 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25516 rotateOrigin center
25525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25532 Change\InsetSpace ~
25533 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 \begin_inset Graphics
25547 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25551 rotateOrigin center
25560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25563 \begin_layout Standard
25566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 Change\InsetSpace ~
25568 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25570 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 \begin_inset Graphics
25584 filename ../images/change-next.png
25587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25588 rotateOrigin center
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25601 Jumps to the next change
25607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25611 \begin_layout Standard
25612 \begin_inset Graphics
25613 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25617 rotateOrigin center
25626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25629 \begin_layout Standard
25632 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25633 Change\InsetSpace ~
25634 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25635 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25647 \begin_inset Graphics
25648 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25652 rotateOrigin center
25661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25664 \begin_layout Standard
25667 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25668 Change\InsetSpace ~
25669 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25670 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25682 \begin_inset Graphics
25683 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25687 rotateOrigin center
25696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25703 Change\InsetSpace ~
25704 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25717 \begin_inset Graphics
25718 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25722 rotateOrigin center
25731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25737 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25738 Change\InsetSpace ~
25739 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25740 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 \begin_inset Graphics
25754 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25758 rotateOrigin center
25767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25773 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25774 Change\InsetSpace ~
25775 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25776 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 \begin_inset Graphics
25790 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25794 rotateOrigin center
25803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25810 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25823 \begin_inset Graphics
25824 filename ../images/note-next.png
25827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25828 rotateOrigin center
25837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25843 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25865 \begin_layout Standard
25866 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25867 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25868 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25869 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25870 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25871 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25872 step to the next change.
25873 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25878 to describe a change.
25881 \begin_layout Standard
25882 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25886 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25893 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25894 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25899 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25902 \begin_layout Section
25903 International Support
25904 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25905 name "International support"
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25914 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25915 how to set up LyX to use them:
25916 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25917 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25927 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25928 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25935 \begin_layout Subsection
25937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25938 name "Language ! Options"
25943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25944 name "Document ! Settings"
25949 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25950 name "Document ! Language"
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25963 dialog lets you set
25965 the language and character encoding for your language.
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 Choose your language in the
25974 section of this dialog.
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25987 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25991 use language's default encoding
25993 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25994 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25996 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25997 reference "sub:Settings"
26004 \begin_layout Subsection
26005 Keyboard mapping configuration
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
26010 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
26011 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26012 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26013 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26014 see section\InsetSpace ~
26016 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26017 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26022 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26023 which one you want to use.
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26027 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26028 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26029 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26030 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26031 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26032 one to support the characters you want.
26033 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26040 \begin_layout Subsection
26042 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26053 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26054 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26063 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26069 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26077 \begin_layout Itemize
26078 Even if you have selected
26084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26087 dialog, users who have only the
26091 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26095 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26096 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26097 french quotes won't show up.
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26101 \begin_inset Float table
26106 \begin_layout Standard
26107 \begin_inset Caption
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26110 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26111 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26129 \begin_inset Tabular
26130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26149 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26448 <row topline="true">
26449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26488 \begin_layout Standard
26494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26600 \begin_layout Standard
26606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26609 \begin_layout Standard
26623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26626 \begin_layout Standard
26640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26692 <row topline="true">
26693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26714 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26732 \begin_layout Standard
26746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26749 \begin_layout Standard
26763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26800 \begin_layout Standard
26814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26817 \begin_layout Standard
26831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26834 \begin_layout Standard
26840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26843 \begin_layout Standard
26849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26869 \begin_layout Standard
26883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26952 <row topline="true">
26953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26992 \begin_layout Standard
27001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27124 \begin_layout Standard
27138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27207 <row topline="true">
27208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27467 <row topline="true">
27468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27719 <row topline="true">
27720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27861 \begin_layout Standard
27867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27971 <row topline="true">
27972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27993 \begin_layout Standard
27999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28131 \begin_layout Standard
28137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28223 <row topline="true">
28224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28417 \begin_layout Standard
28431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28483 <row topline="true">
28484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28591 \begin_layout Standard
28605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28608 \begin_layout Standard
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28634 \begin_layout Standard
28640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28643 \begin_layout Standard
28657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28728 \begin_layout Standard
28743 <row topline="true">
28744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28747 \begin_layout Standard
28762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28765 \begin_layout Standard
28771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28834 \begin_layout Standard
28848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28894 \begin_layout Standard
28900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout Standard
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28988 \begin_layout Standard
29003 <row topline="true">
29004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29007 \begin_layout Standard
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Standard
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Standard
29040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29043 \begin_layout Standard
29057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Standard
29160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29263 <row topline="true">
29264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29294 \begin_layout Standard
29300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29303 \begin_layout Standard
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout Standard
29334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29423 \begin_layout Standard
29437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29440 \begin_layout Standard
29454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29523 <row topline="true">
29524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29545 \begin_layout Standard
29551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29554 \begin_layout Standard
29560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29580 \begin_layout Standard
29594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29614 \begin_layout Standard
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Standard
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout Standard
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29785 <row topline="true">
29786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29816 \begin_layout Standard
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Standard
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29859 \begin_layout Standard
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Standard
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Standard
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Standard
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Standard
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Standard
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Standard
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30037 <row topline="true">
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Standard
30056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30059 \begin_layout Standard
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Standard
30091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30094 \begin_layout Standard
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Standard
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Standard
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Standard
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30188 \begin_layout Standard
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Standard
30211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Standard
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Standard
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Standard
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Standard
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Standard
30297 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Standard
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Standard
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Standard
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Standard
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Standard
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Standard
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Standard
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Standard
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Standard
30437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Standard
30446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30449 \begin_layout Standard
30463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30466 \begin_layout Standard
30480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Standard
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Standard
30561 \begin_layout Standard
30562 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30564 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30565 also the characters from
30577 \begin_layout Itemize
30586 \begin_layout Standard
30587 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30592 \begin_layout Standard
30593 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30598 \begin_layout Standard
30599 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30604 \begin_layout Standard
30605 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30610 \begin_layout Standard
30616 \begin_layout Standard
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30629 \begin_layout Itemize
30642 \begin_layout Standard
30648 \begin_layout Standard
30654 \begin_layout Standard
30660 \begin_layout Standard
30666 \begin_layout Standard
30672 \begin_layout Standard
30679 \begin_layout Standard
30680 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30681 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30682 Also make sure you're using the
30689 \begin_layout Chapter
30692 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30693 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30700 \begin_layout Standard
30701 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30702 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30703 inside the user's guide.
30706 \begin_layout Section
30708 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30716 \begin_layout Standard
30721 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30722 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30725 \begin_layout Subsection
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30730 Creates a new document.
30733 \begin_layout Subsection
30737 \begin_layout Standard
30738 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30739 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30740 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30743 \begin_layout Subsection
30747 \begin_layout Standard
30751 \begin_layout Subsection
30755 \begin_layout Standard
30756 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30757 Click there on a file to open it.
30760 \begin_layout Subsection
30764 \begin_layout Standard
30765 Closes the current document.
30768 \begin_layout Subsection
30772 \begin_layout Standard
30773 Saves the actual document.
30776 \begin_layout Subsection
30780 \begin_layout Standard
30781 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30784 \begin_layout Subsection
30788 \begin_layout Standard
30789 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30792 \begin_layout Subsection
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30797 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30798 It is described in the section
30800 Version Control in LyX
30804 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30810 \begin_layout Subsection
30814 \begin_layout Standard
30815 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30816 text files (ASCII-files).
30817 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30820 \begin_layout Standard
30821 When using the menu
30824 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30827 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30828 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30829 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30830 will start a new paragraph.
30833 \begin_layout Subsection
30835 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30843 \begin_layout Standard
30844 You can export your document to various file formats.
30845 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30846 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30847 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30850 \begin_layout Standard
30851 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30852 section\InsetSpace ~
30854 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30855 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30862 \begin_layout Description
30868 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30869 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30872 \begin_layout Description
30880 \begin_layout Description
30881 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30885 \begin_layout Description
30888 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30893 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30901 \begin_layout Description
30908 \begin_layout Standard
30918 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30919 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30923 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30926 \begin_layout Description
30933 \begin_layout Standard
30943 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30944 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30952 \begin_layout Description
30954 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30962 is replaced by the version number)
30965 \begin_layout Description
30966 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30979 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30983 \begin_layout Description
30988 PDF-format using the program
30993 \begin_layout Description
30999 PDF-format using the program
31004 \begin_layout Description
31010 PDF-format using the program
31015 \begin_layout Description
31024 \begin_layout Description
31031 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31032 and then exported as text using the program
31037 \begin_layout Description
31042 PostScript format using the program
31047 \begin_layout Description
31055 \begin_layout Standard
31060 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31061 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31067 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31070 \begin_layout Standard
31071 If one of the menu entries
31084 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31085 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31087 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31088 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31094 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31101 \begin_layout Standard
31106 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31107 the export program.
31110 \begin_layout Subsection
31114 \begin_layout Standard
31115 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31116 or send it to a printer.
31117 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31118 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31124 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31127 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31134 \begin_layout Subsection
31135 New and Close Window
31138 \begin_layout Standard
31139 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31140 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31143 \begin_layout Section
31145 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31153 \begin_layout Subsection
31157 \begin_layout Standard
31158 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31160 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31161 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31168 \begin_layout Subsection
31169 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31176 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31183 \begin_layout Subsection
31187 \begin_layout Standard
31188 Selects the whole document.
31191 \begin_layout Subsection
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31199 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31206 \begin_layout Subsection
31207 Move paragraph Up/Down
31210 \begin_layout Standard
31211 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31215 \begin_layout Subsection
31219 \begin_layout Standard
31220 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31222 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31223 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31230 \begin_layout Subsection
31232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31233 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31240 \begin_layout Standard
31241 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31243 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31246 \begin_layout Standard
31247 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31248 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31251 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31262 \begin_layout Subsection
31266 \begin_layout Standard
31267 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31268 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31269 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31272 reference "sec:Tables"
31276 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31279 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31286 \begin_layout Subsection
31287 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31290 \begin_layout Standard
31291 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31293 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31295 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31296 reference "sec:Nesting"
31301 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31302 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31309 \begin_layout Section
31311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31319 \begin_layout Standard
31324 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31325 document with an external program.
31326 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31327 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31328 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31330 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31331 reference "sub:Export"
31336 You should at least see the menu entries
31346 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31347 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31349 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31350 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31355 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31356 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31364 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31365 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31367 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31368 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31373 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31376 \begin_layout Standard
31377 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31380 At the bottom of the
31384 menu the opened documents are listed.
31387 \begin_layout Subsection
31391 \begin_layout Standard
31392 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31393 in section\InsetSpace ~
31395 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31396 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31403 \begin_layout Subsection
31407 \begin_layout Standard
31408 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31409 opening a new view window.
31412 \begin_layout Subsection
31414 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31415 name "sub:Toolbars"
31420 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31429 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31430 All toolbars and the
31432 Command\InsetSpace ~
31435 can be turned on and off.
31440 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31458 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31462 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31469 \begin_layout Standard
31474 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31478 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31479 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31480 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31481 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31482 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31485 \begin_layout Standard
31486 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31488 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31489 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31496 \begin_layout Section
31498 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31499 name "Menu ! Insert"
31506 \begin_layout Subsection
31510 \begin_layout Standard
31511 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31513 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31514 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31521 \begin_layout Subsection
31523 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31524 name "sub:Special-Character"
31531 \begin_layout Standard
31532 Here you can insert the following characters:
31535 \begin_layout Description
31536 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31540 \begin_layout Description
31543 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31546 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31553 \begin_layout Description
31554 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31555 Quote Inserts this quote:
31556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31559 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31571 \begin_layout Description
31572 Single\InsetSpace ~
31573 Quote Inserts this quote:
31574 \begin_inset Quotes els
31580 \begin_layout Description
31582 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31586 \begin_layout Description
31587 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31589 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31590 name "Phonetic symbols"
31595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31596 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31600 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31601 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31602 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31607 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31608 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31614 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31618 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31625 and this Wiki-page:
31628 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31629 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31636 \begin_layout Subsection
31640 \begin_layout Standard
31641 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31644 \begin_layout Description
31645 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31646 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31652 \begin_layout Description
31653 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31654 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31660 \begin_layout Description
31661 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31662 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31664 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31665 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31672 \begin_layout Description
31673 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31674 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31676 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31677 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31684 \begin_layout Description
31686 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31688 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31689 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31696 \begin_layout Description
31697 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31698 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31700 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31701 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31708 \begin_layout Description
31709 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31710 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31713 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31720 \begin_layout Description
31721 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31722 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31724 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31725 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31732 \begin_layout Description
31733 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31734 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31736 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31737 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31744 \begin_layout Description
31745 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31746 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31748 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31749 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31756 \begin_layout Description
31758 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31760 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31761 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31768 \begin_layout Description
31770 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31773 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31780 \begin_layout Description
31782 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31784 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31785 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31792 \begin_layout Description
31794 Double\InsetSpace ~
31795 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31797 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31798 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31805 \begin_layout Subsection
31809 \begin_layout Standard
31810 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31811 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31812 in section\InsetSpace ~
31814 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31815 reference "sec:toc"
31820 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31822 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31823 reference "sec:Index"
31827 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31830 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31834 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31837 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31844 \begin_layout Subsection
31848 \begin_layout Standard
31849 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31851 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31852 reference "sec:Floats"
31859 \begin_layout Subsection
31863 \begin_layout Standard
31864 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31866 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31867 reference "sec:Notes"
31874 \begin_layout Subsection
31878 \begin_layout Standard
31879 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31881 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31882 reference "sec:Branches"
31889 \begin_layout Subsection
31891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31892 name "External Material"
31899 \begin_layout Standard
31900 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31901 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31912 \begin_layout Subsection
31914 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31922 \begin_layout Standard
31923 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31925 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31926 reference "sec:Minipages"
31931 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31942 \begin_layout Subsection
31946 \begin_layout Standard
31947 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31949 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31950 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31957 \begin_layout Subsection
31961 \begin_layout Standard
31962 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31965 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31972 \begin_layout Subsection
31976 \begin_layout Standard
31977 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31979 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31980 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31987 \begin_layout Subsection
31989 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31996 name "Longtables ! Caption"
32003 \begin_layout Standard
32004 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
32005 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32007 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32008 reference "sec:Floats"
32012 , cations in longtables are described in section
32023 \begin_layout Subsection
32027 \begin_layout Standard
32028 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32030 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32031 reference "sec:Index"
32038 \begin_layout Subsection
32042 \begin_layout Standard
32043 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32045 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32046 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32053 \begin_layout Subsection
32057 \begin_layout Standard
32059 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32061 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32062 reference "sec:Tables"
32069 \begin_layout Subsection
32073 \begin_layout Standard
32075 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32078 reference "sec:Graphics"
32085 \begin_layout Subsection
32089 \begin_layout Standard
32090 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32092 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32093 reference "sec:URL"
32100 \begin_layout Subsection
32104 \begin_layout Standard
32105 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32107 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32108 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32115 \begin_layout Subsection
32119 \begin_layout Standard
32120 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32122 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32123 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32130 \begin_layout Subsection
32134 \begin_layout Standard
32135 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32137 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32138 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32145 \begin_layout Subsection
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32150 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32153 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32160 \begin_layout Subsection
32162 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32163 name "Program listings"
32170 \begin_layout Standard
32171 Inserts a program listings box.
32172 Program listings are explained in chapter
32174 Program Code Listings
32183 \begin_layout Subsection
32187 \begin_layout Standard
32188 Inserts the actual date.
32189 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32191 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32201 There the different methods are also compared.
32204 \begin_layout Section
32206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32207 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32214 \begin_layout Standard
32215 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32216 the current document.
32217 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32220 \begin_layout Standard
32221 The Navigate menu also offers to
32224 \begin_layout Subsection
32228 \begin_layout Standard
32229 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32230 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32232 between section\InsetSpace ~
32234 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32235 2.5 and use the menu
32239 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32243 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32247 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32251 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32263 \begin_layout Standard
32264 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32265 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32268 \begin_layout Subsection
32269 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32272 \begin_layout Standard
32273 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32277 \begin_layout Subsection
32281 \begin_layout Standard
32282 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32283 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32284 on a cross-reference box.
32287 \begin_layout Section
32289 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32290 name "Menu ! Document"
32297 \begin_layout Subsection
32301 \begin_layout Standard
32302 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32305 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32312 \begin_layout Subsection
32317 \begin_layout Standard
32327 \begin_layout Standard
32328 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32330 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32333 \begin_layout Standard
32334 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32339 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32342 \begin_layout Subsection
32346 \begin_layout Standard
32347 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32349 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32350 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32357 \begin_layout Subsection
32358 Start Appendix Here
32361 \begin_layout Standard
32362 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32363 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32365 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32366 reference "sec:Appendices"
32373 \begin_layout Subsection
32377 \begin_layout Standard
32378 Un/compresses the actual document.
32381 \begin_layout Subsection
32383 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32384 name "sub:Settings"
32389 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32390 name "Document ! Settings"
32397 \begin_layout Standard
32398 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32400 You can save your document settings as default with the
32402 Save as Document Defaults
32404 button in the dialog.
32405 This will create a template named
32409 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32413 \begin_layout Standard
32414 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32417 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32421 \begin_layout Standard
32422 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32423 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32425 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32426 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32431 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32436 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32437 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32440 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32444 \begin_layout Standard
32445 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32447 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32448 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32455 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32459 \begin_layout Standard
32460 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32462 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32466 \begin_layout Standard
32467 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32468 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32469 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32472 \begin_layout Standard
32473 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32481 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32485 \begin_layout Standard
32486 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32488 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32489 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32494 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32495 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32502 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32506 \begin_layout Standard
32507 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32509 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32510 reference "sub:Margins"
32517 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32520 name "Language ! Encoding"
32527 \begin_layout Standard
32528 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32529 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32530 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32531 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32532 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32533 known for a particular character).
32537 \begin_layout Standard
32538 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32539 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32544 manual for details.
32552 \begin_layout Standard
32553 If you use the option
32555 use language's default encoding
32557 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32559 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32560 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32561 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32562 exactly one encoding.
32563 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32571 \begin_layout Standard
32572 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32573 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32575 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32576 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32589 \begin_layout Standard
32590 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32591 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32592 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32593 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32594 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32595 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32598 use language's default encoding
32600 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32601 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32602 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32605 \begin_layout Standard
32606 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32609 \begin_layout Description
32613 use language's default encoding
32615 , but the LaTeX-package
32620 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32621 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32626 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32629 \begin_layout Description
32630 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32633 \begin_layout Description
32634 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32635 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32638 \begin_layout Description
32639 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32642 \begin_layout Description
32643 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32646 \begin_layout Description
32647 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32650 \begin_layout Description
32651 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32654 \begin_layout Description
32655 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32658 \begin_layout Description
32659 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32660 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32663 \begin_layout Description
32664 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32665 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32668 \begin_layout Description
32669 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32672 \begin_layout Description
32673 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32676 \begin_layout Description
32677 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32680 \begin_layout Description
32681 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32684 \begin_layout Description
32685 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32686 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32687 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32691 \begin_layout Description
32692 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32693 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32696 \begin_layout Description
32697 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32701 \begin_layout Description
32702 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32705 \begin_layout Description
32706 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32707 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32710 \begin_layout Description
32711 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32712 the euro currency sign, the
32716 \begin_layout Standard
32725 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32726 be the replacement for latin1
32729 \begin_layout Description
32730 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32733 \begin_layout Description
32734 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32739 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32740 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32744 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32747 \begin_layout Description
32748 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32752 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32755 \begin_layout Description
32756 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32761 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32762 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32766 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32769 \begin_layout Description
32770 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32774 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32782 \begin_layout Standard
32783 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32784 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32797 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32801 \begin_layout Standard
32802 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32803 in section\InsetSpace ~
32805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32806 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32813 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32817 \begin_layout Standard
32818 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32822 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32834 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32839 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32841 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32842 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32849 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32853 \begin_layout Standard
32854 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32857 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32858 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32868 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32874 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32877 \begin_layout Standard
32882 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32883 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32886 \begin_layout Standard
32891 is used for special integral characters.
32894 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32898 \begin_layout Standard
32899 The float placement options are described in section
32900 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32905 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32912 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32916 \begin_layout Standard
32917 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32918 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32920 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32921 reference "sec:Itemize"
32928 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32932 \begin_layout Standard
32933 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32935 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32936 reference "sec:Branches"
32943 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32948 \begin_layout Standard
32958 \begin_layout Standard
32959 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32960 to define LaTeX-commands.
32961 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32962 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32966 \begin_layout Standard
32967 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32969 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32970 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32977 \begin_layout Section
32979 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32980 name "Menu ! Tools"
32987 \begin_layout Subsection
32991 \begin_layout Standard
32992 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32994 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32995 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
33002 \begin_layout Subsection
33006 \begin_layout Standard
33007 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33009 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33010 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33017 \begin_layout Subsection
33019 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33027 \begin_layout Standard
33028 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33032 \begin_layout Subsection
33037 \begin_layout Standard
33045 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33046 name "TeX Information"
33053 \begin_layout Standard
33054 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33057 \begin_layout Subsection
33059 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33060 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33065 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33066 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33073 \begin_layout Standard
33074 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33075 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33078 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33085 \begin_layout Subsection
33089 \begin_layout Standard
33090 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33091 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33095 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33096 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33103 \begin_layout Section
33105 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33114 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33118 \begin_layout Standard
33124 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33125 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33128 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33135 \begin_layout Section
33137 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33138 name "sec:Toolbars"
33145 \begin_layout Standard
33146 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33149 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33156 \begin_layout Standard
33157 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33158 This is described in the
33166 \begin_layout Subsection
33168 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33169 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33176 \begin_layout Standard
33177 \begin_inset Graphics
33178 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33188 \begin_layout Standard
33189 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33195 \begin_layout Standard
33196 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33201 \begin_layout Standard
33213 \begin_inset Note Note
33216 \begin_layout Standard
33217 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33222 manual for more information.
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33231 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33237 \begin_layout Standard
33238 \begin_inset Tabular
33239 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33240 <features islongtable="true">
33241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Standard
33248 \begin_inset Graphics
33249 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Standard
33265 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33278 \begin_layout Standard
33279 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33285 \begin_layout Standard
33287 \begin_inset Tabular
33288 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33289 <features islongtable="true">
33290 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33291 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Standard
33299 \begin_inset Graphics
33300 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Standard
33318 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Standard
33330 \begin_inset Graphics
33331 filename ../images/file-open.png
33334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Standard
33349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Standard
33361 \begin_inset Graphics
33362 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Standard
33380 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Standard
33392 \begin_inset Graphics
33393 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Standard
33411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Standard
33423 \begin_inset Graphics
33424 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Standard
33442 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Standard
33454 \begin_inset Graphics
33455 filename ../images/undo.png
33458 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Standard
33473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Standard
33485 \begin_inset Graphics
33486 filename ../images/redo.png
33489 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Standard
33504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33515 \begin_layout Standard
33516 \begin_inset Graphics
33517 filename ../images/cut.png
33520 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Standard
33535 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Standard
33547 \begin_inset Graphics
33548 filename ../images/copy.png
33551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Standard
33566 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Standard
33578 \begin_inset Graphics
33579 filename ../images/paste.png
33582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Standard
33597 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Standard
33609 \begin_inset Graphics
33610 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33614 rotateOrigin center
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Standard
33629 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33630 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33631 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Standard
33643 \begin_inset Graphics
33644 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33662 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 \begin_inset Graphics
33678 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Standard
33694 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33696 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33706 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Standard
33711 \begin_inset Graphics
33712 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Standard
33728 Formats text using the current settings in the
33730 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33745 \begin_inset Graphics
33746 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Standard
33764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33765 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33766 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Standard
33778 \begin_inset Graphics
33779 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33783 rotateOrigin center
33792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33795 \begin_layout Standard
33798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Standard
33810 \begin_inset Graphics
33811 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33815 rotateOrigin center
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Standard
33830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Standard
33842 \begin_inset Graphics
33843 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33847 rotateOrigin center
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Standard
33860 Toggle outline window on/off,
33862 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Standard
33874 \begin_inset Graphics
33875 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33879 rotateOrigin center
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Standard
33892 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Standard
33903 \begin_inset Graphics
33904 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33908 rotateOrigin center
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Standard
33921 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33934 \begin_layout Subsection
33936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33937 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33944 \begin_layout Standard
33945 \begin_inset Graphics
33946 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33956 \begin_layout Standard
33957 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33963 \begin_layout Standard
33964 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33968 \begin_layout Standard
33969 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33975 \begin_layout Standard
33976 \begin_inset Tabular
33977 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33978 <features islongtable="true">
33979 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33980 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Standard
33986 \begin_inset Graphics
33987 filename ../images/layout.png
33990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33991 rotateOrigin center
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34010 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Standard
34015 \begin_inset Graphics
34016 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
34019 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34020 rotateOrigin center
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Standard
34044 \begin_inset Graphics
34045 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
34048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34049 rotateOrigin center
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Standard
34068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Standard
34073 \begin_inset Graphics
34074 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34077 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34078 rotateOrigin center
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Standard
34097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 \begin_inset Graphics
34103 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34107 rotateOrigin center
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Standard
34126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Standard
34131 \begin_inset Graphics
34132 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34136 rotateOrigin center
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Standard
34151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34152 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 \begin_inset Graphics
34166 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34170 rotateOrigin center
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34186 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 \begin_inset Graphics
34200 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34219 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Standard
34231 \begin_inset Graphics
34232 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34235 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Standard
34250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34251 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Standard
34263 \begin_inset Graphics
34264 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34279 \begin_layout Standard
34282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Standard
34294 \begin_inset Graphics
34295 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34324 \begin_layout Standard
34325 \begin_inset Graphics
34326 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Standard
34356 \begin_inset Graphics
34357 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34360 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Standard
34388 \begin_inset Graphics
34389 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Standard
34407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34408 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34420 \begin_inset Graphics
34421 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34436 \begin_layout Standard
34439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34451 \begin_inset Graphics
34452 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34456 rotateOrigin center
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34472 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 \begin_inset Graphics
34485 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34504 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34517 \begin_inset Graphics
34518 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34548 \begin_inset Graphics
34549 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34564 \begin_layout Standard
34567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34593 \begin_layout Standard
34594 \begin_inset Graphics
34595 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Standard
34613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34626 \begin_layout Standard
34627 \begin_inset Graphics
34628 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34632 rotateOrigin center
34641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34647 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Standard
34660 \begin_inset Graphics
34661 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34665 rotateOrigin center
34674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34680 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34681 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Standard
34693 \begin_inset Graphics
34694 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34698 rotateOrigin center
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34713 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34727 \begin_layout Subsection
34728 View / Update Toolbar
34729 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34730 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 \begin_inset Graphics
34739 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34748 \begin_layout Standard
34749 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34760 \begin_layout Standard
34761 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34767 \begin_layout Standard
34768 \begin_inset Tabular
34769 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34770 <features islongtable="true">
34771 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34772 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Standard
34778 \begin_inset Graphics
34779 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34783 rotateOrigin center
34792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34795 \begin_layout Standard
34798 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34809 \begin_layout Standard
34810 \begin_inset Graphics
34811 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34815 rotateOrigin center
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34830 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34831 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34842 \begin_layout Standard
34843 \begin_inset Graphics
34844 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34848 rotateOrigin center
34857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34860 \begin_layout Standard
34863 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Standard
34875 \begin_inset Graphics
34876 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34880 rotateOrigin center
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Standard
34895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34896 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34901 \begin_layout Standard
34902 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34903 functionality is merged with
34905 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34924 \begin_layout Standard
34925 \begin_inset Graphics
34926 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34930 rotateOrigin center
34939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34942 \begin_layout Standard
34945 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Standard
34957 \begin_inset Graphics
34958 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34962 rotateOrigin center
34971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34974 \begin_layout Standard
34977 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34978 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34992 \begin_layout Subsection
34996 \begin_layout Standard
34997 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34999 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35000 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35004 , the table toolbar
35005 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35006 name "Toolbar ! Table"
35010 is explained in the
35017 \begin_layout Chapter
35023 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35024 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
35029 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35038 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35040 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
35043 \begin_layout Section
35047 \begin_layout Subsection
35049 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35055 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35056 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35061 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35062 name "Customization ! of menus"
35069 \begin_layout Standard
35070 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35073 \begin_layout Standard
35078 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
35086 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35087 User Interface File
35088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35089 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35094 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35095 name "Customization ! of menus"
35102 \begin_layout Standard
35103 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35104 interface (ui) file.
35105 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35106 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35115 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35116 files and edit the entries.
35119 \begin_layout Standard
35120 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35132 entries must be ended with an explicit
35157 and in the case of the
35158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35170 The syntax for the entries is:
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35204 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35207 All LyX-functions are listed in
35208 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35223 \begin_layout Standard
35224 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35226 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35229 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35233 \begin_layout Standard
35234 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35239 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35244 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35247 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35252 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35260 \begin_layout Standard
35261 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35262 Several binding files are available:
35265 \begin_layout Description
35266 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35269 \begin_layout Description
35270 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35281 \begin_layout Description
35282 mac.bind set of bindings for
35284 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35290 \begin_layout Standard
35291 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35295 , and bind files for special languages.
35296 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35306 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35310 \begin_layout Standard
35311 Some bind-files, like
35315 , have only a small scope.
35316 When looking at the the end of the file
35320 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35323 \begin_layout Standard
35324 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35325 s with a text editor.
35326 The syntax of the entries is:
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35354 All LyX-functions are listed in
35355 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35363 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35367 \begin_layout Standard
35370 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35371 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35372 restore window size, or use fixed size
35374 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35381 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35382 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35383 restore window position
35385 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35391 Restore cursor positions
35393 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Load opened files from last session
35402 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35407 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35408 name "sub:Backup documents"
35413 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35414 name "Backup ! Documents"
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35426 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35429 \begin_layout Standard
35434 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35437 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35448 \begin_layout Standard
35451 Cursor follows scrollbar
35453 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35457 \begin_layout Subsection
35459 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35460 name "Font ! Screen"
35465 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35466 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35477 \begin_layout Standard
35478 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35486 This section only deals with the fonts
35491 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35494 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35506 By default, LyX uses
35510 as roman (serif) font,
35518 (depends on the system) as
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35535 You can change the font size with the
35542 \begin_layout Standard
35547 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35548 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35549 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35550 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35551 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35553 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35554 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35561 \begin_layout Standard
35566 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35567 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35571 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35573 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35574 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35581 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35584 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35589 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35590 name "Settings ! Color"
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35599 Choose an item in the list and use the
35606 \begin_layout Subsection
35608 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35609 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35625 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35626 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35628 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35629 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35638 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35639 name "Keyboard Map"
35644 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35645 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35650 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35651 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35660 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35661 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35663 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35664 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35671 \begin_layout Standard
35672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35675 \begin_layout Standard
35680 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35688 \begin_layout Section
35690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35696 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35697 name "Settings ! Directory"
35704 \begin_layout Description
35705 Working\InsetSpace ~
35706 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35707 It is the default when you
35723 \begin_layout Description
35724 Document\InsetSpace ~
35725 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35735 \begin_layout Description
35736 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35738 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35739 name "Backup ! Directory"
35743 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35744 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35746 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35747 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35755 will be used to save the backups.
35757 The backup files have the ending
35758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35768 \begin_layout Description
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35780 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35781 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35787 \begin_layout Standard
35792 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35800 \begin_layout Description
35801 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35802 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35805 \begin_layout Description
35807 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35808 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35809 to find it on the system.
35810 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35811 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35812 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35813 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35814 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35815 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35820 \begin_layout Section
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35826 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35827 in section\InsetSpace ~
35829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35830 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35834 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35837 \begin_layout Section
35839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35840 name "Language ! Settings"
35845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35846 name "Settings ! Language"
35853 \begin_layout Subsection
35857 \begin_layout Description
35858 Default\InsetSpace ~
35859 language is the language used in new documents
35862 \begin_layout Description
35863 Language\InsetSpace ~
35864 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35866 The default is the LaTeX-command
35872 that loads the package
35880 \begin_layout Standard
35881 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35883 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35884 reference "sec:ERT"
35899 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35900 the document language.
35901 A text label is for instance the word
35902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35909 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35912 \begin_layout Description
35913 Command\InsetSpace ~
35914 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35915 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35916 An example is the start command
35922 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35927 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35941 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35946 \begin_layout Description
35947 Command\InsetSpace ~
35953 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35954 command toggles the package on and off.
35957 \begin_layout Description
35966 \begin_layout Description
35967 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35968 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35969 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35970 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35977 \begin_layout Description
35979 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35981 When this option is not set, the
35983 Command\InsetSpace ~
35986 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35987 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35989 Command\InsetSpace ~
35995 \begin_layout Description
36003 When it is not set, the
36005 Command\InsetSpace ~
36008 is set to the end of the document.
36011 \begin_layout Description
36013 foreign\InsetSpace ~
36014 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
36015 the document language will be underlined blue.
36018 \begin_layout Description
36022 language\InsetSpace ~
36023 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
36024 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
36027 \begin_layout Subsection
36031 \begin_layout Standard
36032 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
36034 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36035 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36042 \begin_layout Section
36046 \begin_layout Subsection
36048 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36054 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36061 name "Settings ! Printer"
36068 \begin_layout Description
36069 Default\InsetSpace ~
36070 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
36071 The name will be used when the
36078 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36081 \begin_layout Standard
36086 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36095 \begin_layout Description
36097 output\InsetSpace ~
36099 printer This option works only for the
36104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36116 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36117 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36120 \begin_layout Description
36121 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36122 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36123 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36124 LaTeX uses for printing.
36125 The default is on most systems
36132 \begin_layout Description
36133 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36134 Command\InsetSpace ~
36135 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36136 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36137 of the program that provides the
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36152 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36153 name "Settings ! Date format"
36160 \begin_layout Standard
36161 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36164 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36165 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36171 For example the format
36175 prints the date as day/month/year.
36178 \begin_layout Subsection
36182 \begin_layout Description
36183 Output\InsetSpace ~
36185 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36186 when using the menu
36188 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36189 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36194 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36198 \begin_layout Description
36200 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36205 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36206 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36209 \begin_layout Subsection
36214 \begin_layout Standard
36222 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36223 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36229 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36236 \begin_layout Description
36241 \begin_layout Standard
36249 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36254 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36276 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36289 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36290 LyX sets up in the background.
36291 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36294 \begin_layout Description
36295 Default\InsetSpace ~
36297 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36302 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36305 \begin_layout Description
36308 options\InsetSpace ~
36310 document\InsetSpace ~
36311 classes\InsetSpace ~
36312 changes Removes all manually set document
36313 class options in the
36315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36318 dialog when changing the document class.
36321 \begin_layout Standard
36324 External Applications
36326 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36327 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36328 manuals of the applications.
36329 Currently the following commands can be set:
36332 \begin_layout Description
36337 \begin_layout Standard
36345 command Command for the program
36349 that is described in section
36360 \begin_layout Description
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36373 command Command for the program
36377 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36379 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36380 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36387 \begin_layout Description
36389 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36392 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36399 \begin_layout Description
36401 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36404 options They only have an effect when the program
36408 is used as DVI-viewer.
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36413 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36419 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36420 name "Settings ! Paths"
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36432 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36435 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36437 uses the Windows path style:
36440 \begin_layout Standard
36448 \begin_layout Standard
36449 instead of the Unix path style:
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36456 \begin_layout Section
36458 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36468 from one format to another.
36469 You can modify them or create new ones.
36470 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36484 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36490 drop-down list, modify the
36494 field, and press the
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36504 Converter File Cache
36506 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36509 Maximum Age (in days
36512 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36513 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36516 \begin_layout Standard
36517 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36518 the converter definition, is described in section
36529 \begin_layout Section
36531 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36532 name "File formats"
36537 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36538 name "sec:File-Formats"
36545 \begin_layout Standard
36546 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36547 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36549 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36567 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36568 is described in section
36579 \begin_layout Section
36581 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36590 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36591 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36592 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36593 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36594 This is done by a Copier.
36597 \begin_layout Standard
36598 More about converters is described in section
36609 \begin_layout Chapter
36610 Units available in LyX
36611 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36617 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36618 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36625 \begin_layout Standard
36626 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36627 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36628 reference "cap:Units"
36632 explains all units available in LyX.
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36636 \begin_inset Float table
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36643 \begin_inset Caption
36645 \begin_layout Standard
36646 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36660 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36668 \begin_inset Tabular
36669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36673 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36686 \begin_layout Standard
36693 <row topline="true">
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Standard
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36713 <row topline="true">
36714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36717 \begin_layout Standard
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36733 <row topline="true">
36734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36737 \begin_layout Standard
36743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36753 <row topline="true">
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Standard
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Standard
36767 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36768 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36775 <row topline="true">
36776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36779 \begin_layout Standard
36785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36789 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36790 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36797 <row topline="true">
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Standard
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36812 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36819 <row topline="true">
36820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Standard
36833 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36834 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36841 <row topline="true">
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Standard
36855 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36857 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36860 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36867 <row topline="true">
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Standard
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Standard
36881 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36882 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36889 <row topline="true">
36890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36893 \begin_layout Standard
36899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 % of original image width
36909 <row topline="true">
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Standard
36919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36929 <row topline="true">
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Standard
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Standard
36949 <row topline="true">
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Standard
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Standard
36969 <row topline="true">
36970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36973 \begin_layout Standard
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36989 <row topline="true">
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Standard
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37009 <row topline="true">
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Standard
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37029 <row topline="true">
37030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37033 \begin_layout Standard
37039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37042 \begin_layout Standard
37053 <row topline="true">
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Standard
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Standard
37077 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Standard
37091 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37092 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37111 \begin_layout Chapter
37113 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37123 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37126 \begin_layout Itemize
37129 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37132 \begin_layout Itemize
37138 \begin_layout Itemize
37144 \begin_layout Itemize
37150 \begin_layout Itemize
37156 \begin_layout Itemize
37162 \begin_layout Itemize
37168 \begin_layout Itemize
37174 \begin_layout Itemize
37177 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37180 \begin_layout Itemize
37186 \begin_layout Itemize
37192 \begin_layout Itemize
37198 \begin_layout Itemize
37204 \begin_layout Itemize
37210 \begin_layout Itemize
37216 \begin_layout Itemize
37222 \begin_layout Itemize
37228 \begin_layout Itemize
37230 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37238 \begin_layout Standard
37241 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37248 \begin_layout Bibliography
37249 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37259 \begin_layout Standard
37263 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37273 \begin_inset Note Note
37276 \begin_layout Standard
37283 is explained in the
37288 It creates a TOC entry.
37291 \begin_layout Standard
37292 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37293 two different ones in one document.
37302 \begin_layout Standard
37306 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37315 \begin_layout Standard
37323 \begin_inset Note Note
37326 \begin_layout Standard
37333 is explained in the
37338 It creates a hyperlink.
37346 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37347 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37354 \begin_layout Bibliography
37355 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37356 key "latexcompanion"
37360 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37362 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37365 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37368 \begin_layout Bibliography
37369 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37374 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37377 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37380 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37383 \begin_layout Bibliography
37384 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37391 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37394 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37397 \begin_layout Bibliography
37398 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37410 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37413 \begin_layout Bibliography
37414 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37422 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37423 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37430 \begin_layout Bibliography
37431 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37437 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37438 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37439 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37446 \begin_layout Bibliography
37447 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37456 \begin_layout Standard
37460 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37469 \begin_layout Standard
37483 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37484 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37491 \begin_layout Bibliography
37492 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37501 \begin_layout Standard
37505 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37514 \begin_layout Standard
37521 of the LaTeX-package
37526 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37527 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37534 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37535 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37542 \begin_layout Bibliography
37543 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37552 \begin_layout Standard
37556 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37566 \begin_layout Standard
37573 of the LaTeX-package
37578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37579 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37586 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37587 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37594 \begin_layout Bibliography
37595 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37604 \begin_layout Standard
37608 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37618 \begin_layout Standard
37625 of the LaTeX-package
37630 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37631 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37638 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37639 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37646 \begin_layout Bibliography
37647 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37656 \begin_layout Standard
37660 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37669 \begin_layout Standard
37676 of the LaTeX-package
37681 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37682 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37689 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37690 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37697 \begin_layout Bibliography
37698 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37707 \begin_layout Standard
37711 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37727 of the LaTeX-package
37732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37733 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37740 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37741 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37748 \begin_layout Bibliography
37749 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37758 \begin_layout Standard
37762 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37771 \begin_layout Standard
37778 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37781 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37782 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37789 \begin_layout Bibliography
37790 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37803 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37812 \begin_layout Standard
37819 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37822 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37823 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37830 \begin_layout Bibliography
37831 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37840 \begin_layout Standard
37844 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37853 \begin_layout Standard
37860 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37863 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37864 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37871 \begin_layout Bibliography
37872 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37881 \begin_layout Standard
37885 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37901 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37904 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37905 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37912 \begin_layout Bibliography
37913 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37926 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37942 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37945 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37946 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37953 \begin_layout Bibliography
37954 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37967 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37976 \begin_layout Standard
37983 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37986 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37987 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37994 \begin_layout Standard
37998 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37999 options "biblio/alphadin"
38000 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
38007 \begin_layout Standard
38008 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
38011 \begin_layout Standard
38015 \begin_layout Standard
38019 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
38029 \begin_inset Note Note
38032 \begin_layout Standard
38039 is explained in the
38044 It creates a TOC entry.
38047 \begin_layout Standard
38048 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
38049 two different ones in one document.
38057 \begin_layout Standard
38060 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
38065 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex